1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is herby kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10362 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10363 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10376 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10382 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10383 There are three ways to use one:
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 One way is to use the
10397 Virtual means that it
10398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10409 -glyphs from other fonts.
10410 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 Loading the LaTeX-package
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10446 with the document preamble line
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 will fix the guillemet problem.
10463 and that accented characters are not
10467 glyph, they are build of
10471 characters, the accent and the letter.
10472 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10476 fonts for words with accented characters.
10477 If you search for example for the French word
10478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10494 and not for the glyph
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset space ~
10503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 , consists of these three main font types
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10547 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10568 as typewriter font.
10569 \begin_inset Newline newline
10572 The differences between roman,
10575 \begin_inset space ~
10584 fonts are explained in section
10585 \begin_inset space ~
10589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10591 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10596 \begin_inset Newline newline
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10607 was originally designed for newspapers.
10608 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10609 into the small newspaper columns.
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10618 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10621 \begin_layout Itemize
10622 The best solution is to use the
10631 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10636 In most cases they look the same as
10644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10645 One difference is improved kerning for the
10658 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10670 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10673 For the font size there are four possible values:
10690 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10693 \begin_layout Standard
10694 The font sizes are the
10699 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10700 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10701 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10704 \begin_inset space ~
10710 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10711 \begin_inset space ~
10715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10717 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10724 \begin_layout Standard
10725 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10729 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10737 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10741 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10742 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10743 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10745 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10748 dialog, see section
10749 \begin_inset space ~
10753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10755 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10767 \begin_layout Subsection
10768 Using Different Character Styles
10772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10791 \begin_layout Standard
10792 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10793 certain paragraph environments.
10794 LyX supports two character styles,
10803 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10807 \begin_layout Standard
10812 style, do one of the following:
10815 \begin_layout Itemize
10816 click on the toolbar button
10817 \begin_inset Graphics
10818 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10825 \begin_layout Itemize
10826 use the key binding
10829 \begin_inset space ~
10835 \begin_layout Standard
10836 These commands are all toggles.
10841 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10844 \begin_layout Standard
10845 One typically uses the
10849 style for proper names.
10851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10858 is the original author of LyX.
10859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10865 \begin_layout Standard
10866 A more widely used character style is the
10871 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10878 \begin_layout Itemize
10879 clicking on the toolbar button
10880 \begin_inset Graphics
10881 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10888 \begin_layout Itemize
10889 using the keybindings
10892 \begin_inset space ~
10898 \begin_layout Standard
10903 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10904 es use a different font.
10907 \begin_layout Standard
10908 We've been using the
10912 style all over the place in this document.
10913 Here's one more example:
10916 \begin_layout Quotation
10919 Don't overuse character styles!
10922 \begin_layout Standard
10923 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10924 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10925 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10926 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10931 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10934 \begin_inset space ~
10941 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10943 \begin_inset space ~
10951 \begin_layout Subsection
10952 Fine-Tuning with the
10957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10959 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10976 \begin_layout Standard
10977 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10978 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10979 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10980 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10981 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10982 from ordinary dialog.
10985 \begin_layout Standard
10986 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10987 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10988 \begin_inset Newline newline
10991 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10992 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10995 \begin_layout Standard
10996 To use custom character styles, open the
10998 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11000 \begin_inset space ~
11006 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11007 font property which you can choose.
11008 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11011 \begin_inset space ~
11016 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11021 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11022 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11023 environments in a snap.
11026 \begin_layout Standard
11027 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11030 \begin_inset space ~
11042 \begin_layout Labeling
11043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11057 The possible options are:
11061 \begin_layout Labeling
11062 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11067 This is the Roman font family.
11068 Normally a serif font.
11069 It's also the default family.
11074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11086 \begin_inset space ~
11095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11103 \begin_inset Note Note
11106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11107 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11108 It is explained in section
11109 \begin_inset space ~
11113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11115 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11127 \begin_layout Labeling
11128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11132 \begin_inset space ~
11139 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11158 \begin_inset space ~
11167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11177 \begin_layout Labeling
11178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11185 This is the Typewriter font family.
11192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11204 \begin_inset space ~
11213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11226 \begin_layout Labeling
11227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11232 This corresponds to the print weight.
11237 \begin_layout Labeling
11238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11243 This is the Medium font series.
11244 It's also the default series.
11247 \begin_layout Labeling
11248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11255 This is the Bold font series.
11262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11274 \begin_inset space ~
11283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11294 \begin_layout Labeling
11295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11300 As the name implies.
11305 \begin_layout Labeling
11306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11311 This is the Upright font shape.
11312 It's also the default shape.
11315 \begin_layout Labeling
11316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11330 s the Italic font shape
11336 \begin_layout Labeling
11337 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11344 This is the Slanted font shape
11346 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11349 \begin_layout Labeling
11350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11354 \begin_inset space ~
11361 This is the Small caps font shape
11368 \begin_layout Labeling
11369 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11374 Alters the size of the font.
11375 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11376 nal to the document font size.
11377 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11378 what you want to do.
11383 \begin_layout Labeling
11384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11418 \begin_inset space ~
11427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11450 \begin_inset space ~
11459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11469 \begin_layout Labeling
11470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11504 \begin_inset space ~
11513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_layout Labeling
11524 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11558 \begin_inset space ~
11567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11590 \begin_inset space ~
11599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_layout Labeling
11610 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11644 \begin_inset space ~
11653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11676 \begin_inset space ~
11685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11695 \begin_layout Labeling
11696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11710 It's also the default size.
11715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11727 \begin_inset space ~
11736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11759 \begin_inset space ~
11768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_layout Labeling
11779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11813 \begin_inset space ~
11822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11845 \begin_inset space ~
11854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_layout Labeling
11865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11899 \begin_inset space ~
11908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11931 \begin_inset space ~
11940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11950 \begin_layout Labeling
11951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11985 \begin_inset space ~
11994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_layout Labeling
12005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12039 \begin_inset space ~
12048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12071 \begin_inset space ~
12080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_layout Labeling
12091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12125 \begin_inset space ~
12134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12157 \begin_inset space ~
12166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12177 \begin_layout Standard
12182 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12183 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12184 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12185 - use that instead.
12186 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12189 \begin_layout Labeling
12190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12195 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12200 \begin_layout Labeling
12201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12208 This is text with emphasize on
12211 This might seem like the same as
12215 , but it is actually a bit different.
12221 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12223 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12226 \begin_layout Labeling
12227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12234 This is text with Underbar on.
12241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12253 \begin_inset space ~
12262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12272 \begin_inset Newline newline
12277 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12278 when you couldn't change fonts.
12279 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12280 It's only included in LyX because some people
12284 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12287 \begin_layout Labeling
12288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12295 This is text with Noun on.
12302 , this is a logical attribute.
12303 Normally it's equivalent to
12306 \begin_inset space ~
12315 \begin_layout Labeling
12316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12321 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12322 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12326 \begin_inset space ~
12331 , which is the default
12332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12339 and means normally black, you can choose between
12375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12384 \begin_layout Labeling
12385 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12390 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12391 the language of the document.
12392 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12396 \begin_layout Standard
12397 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12398 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12400 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12402 \begin_inset space ~
12407 dialog, the settings are saved.
12408 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12409 \begin_inset Graphics
12410 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12415 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12416 when the dialog isn't visible.
12420 \begin_layout Standard
12421 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12424 \begin_inset space ~
12430 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12431 (suppose you just set the shape to
12432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 \begin_inset space ~
12462 \begin_layout Standard
12463 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12471 \begin_inset space ~
12483 \begin_layout Itemize
12489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12496 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12514 \begin_inset Newline newline
12521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12546 \begin_inset Note Note
12549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12550 For more on phantoms see section
12551 \begin_inset space ~
12555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12557 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12567 \begin_inset Newline newline
12573 \begin_layout Itemize
12578 fonts use characters with serifs.
12579 These are the small
12580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12587 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12588 The following example will show the difference:
12589 \begin_inset Newline newline
12593 \begin_inset Newline newline
12598 text without serifs
12601 \begin_inset Newline newline
12604 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12605 They are therefore used as default font (named
12612 \begin_layout Itemize
12618 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12619 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12622 \begin_layout Standard
12623 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12624 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12627 \begin_layout Section
12628 Printing and Previewing
12631 \begin_layout Subsection
12635 \begin_layout Standard
12636 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12637 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12638 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12639 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12640 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12643 \begin_inset space ~
12651 \begin_layout Standard
12652 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12653 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12654 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12655 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12656 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12657 This happens in two stages:
12660 \begin_layout Enumerate
12661 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12662 generating a file with the extension,
12663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12677 \begin_layout Enumerate
12678 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12682 file to produce printable output.
12686 \begin_layout Subsection
12687 Output file formats
12691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12700 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12707 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12713 File formats ! ASCII
12721 \begin_layout Standard
12722 This file type has the extension
12723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12735 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12739 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12746 \begin_layout Standard
12747 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12749 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12750 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12756 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12762 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12770 \begin_layout Standard
12771 This file type has the extension
12772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12783 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12785 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12786 it manually with console commands.
12787 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12788 you view or export your document.
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12794 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12795 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12826 \begin_layout Standard
12827 This file type has the extension
12828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12848 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12849 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12850 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12852 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12856 \begin_layout Standard
12857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12865 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12866 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12871 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12872 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12873 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12874 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12877 \begin_layout Standard
12878 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12880 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12881 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12893 File formats ! PostScript
12901 \begin_layout Standard
12902 This file type has the extension
12903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12915 PostScript was developed by the company
12919 as printer language.
12920 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12922 PostScript can be seen as
12923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12926 programming language
12927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12930 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12935 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12945 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12955 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12958 \begin_layout Standard
12959 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12963 Encapsulated PostScript
12964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12967 (EPS, file extension
12968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12980 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12981 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12982 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12983 whenever you view or export your document.
12984 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12985 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12986 EPS to avoid this problem.
12989 \begin_layout Standard
12990 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12992 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12993 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12999 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13023 \begin_layout Standard
13024 This file type has the extension
13025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13041 Portable Document Format
13042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13045 (PDF) is developed by
13049 as derivative from PostScript.
13050 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13059 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13060 looks exactly the same.
13063 \begin_layout Standard
13064 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13068 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13072 (JPG, file extension
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13100 Portable Network Graphics
13101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13104 (PNG, file extension
13105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13117 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13118 in the background to one of these formats.
13119 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13120 will slow down your workflow.
13121 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13124 \begin_layout Standard
13125 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13127 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13130 in three different ways:
13133 \begin_layout Description
13134 PDF This uses the program
13138 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13139 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13143 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13144 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13147 \begin_layout Description
13149 \begin_inset space ~
13152 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13156 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13160 \begin_layout Description
13162 \begin_inset space ~
13165 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13169 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13172 \begin_layout Standard
13173 We recommend to use
13176 \begin_inset space ~
13185 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13191 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13194 \begin_layout Subsection
13199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13208 \begin_layout Standard
13209 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13210 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13214 and choose a file type.
13215 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13218 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13221 you can use the toolbar button
13222 \begin_inset Graphics
13223 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13233 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13235 \begin_inset space ~
13241 \begin_inset Graphics
13242 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13248 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13252 \begin_inset Graphics
13253 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13266 viewer window using the menu
13268 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13274 \begin_layout Standard
13275 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13277 To have a real output, export your document.
13280 \begin_layout Subsection
13281 Printing the File from within LyX
13282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13284 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13291 \begin_layout Standard
13292 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13293 it directly from within LyX.
13294 To print a file, select the menu
13296 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13299 or click on the toolbar button
13300 \begin_inset Graphics
13301 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13306 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13307 This file is then processed by the program
13311 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13316 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13319 \begin_layout Standard
13320 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13321 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13322 printing one set to print on the other side.
13323 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13324 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13325 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13328 \begin_layout Standard
13329 You can set the parameters in the
13332 \begin_inset space ~
13340 \begin_layout Labeling
13341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13346 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13351 Note that this printer name is for the program
13360 has to be configured for this printer name.
13361 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13362 \begin_inset space ~
13366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13368 reference "sub:Printer"
13377 The printer should understand PostScript.
13380 \begin_layout Labeling
13381 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13386 The name of a file to print to.
13387 The output will be a PostScript file.
13388 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13392 \begin_layout Section
13393 A few Words about Typography
13397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13406 \begin_layout Subsection
13411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13427 \begin_layout Standard
13429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13440 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13455 \begin_layout Enumerate
13457 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13461 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13479 \begin_layout Enumerate
13481 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13485 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13516 \begin_layout Enumerate
13518 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13522 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13566 \begin_layout Enumerate
13568 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13572 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13576 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13594 \begin_layout Standard
13595 You generate them by inserting the
13596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13607 character multiple times in a row.
13608 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13609 final output, but not in LyX.
13612 \begin_layout Standard
13613 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13614 math mode and has a length of its own.
13615 Here are some examples of the
13616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13630 \begin_layout Enumerate
13631 line- and page-breaks
13632 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13642 \begin_layout Enumerate
13644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13654 \begin_layout Enumerate
13655 Oh --- there's a dash.
13656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13666 \begin_layout Enumerate
13667 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13671 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13681 \begin_layout Subsection
13686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13695 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13702 \begin_layout Standard
13703 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13704 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13713 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13718 following the rules of the document language
13722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13723 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13731 \begin_inset space ~
13735 \begin_inset space ~
13742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13753 \begin_layout Standard
13754 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13759 and with unusual constructs, like
13760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13768 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13769 This is done with the menu
13771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13772 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13774 \begin_inset space ~
13780 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13781 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13785 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13786 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13787 a hyphen and a space in the form
13788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13796 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13804 as hyphenation possibility.
13805 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13806 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13807 of the LaTeX-box-command
13813 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13814 As LyX doesn't support
13820 , we have to use TeX Code.
13821 The result looks in LyX like:
13824 \begin_layout Standard
13825 \begin_inset Graphics
13826 filename clipart/mbox.png
13833 \begin_layout Standard
13834 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13835 \begin_inset space ~
13839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13841 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13848 \begin_layout Subsection
13853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13862 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13863 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13866 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13873 \begin_layout Standard
13874 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13875 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13876 LaTeX then adds the
13877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13880 appropriate amount of space
13881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13885 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13887 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13890 \begin_layout Standard
13891 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13905 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13906 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13909 \begin_layout Standard
13910 Here are some examples of
13914 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13917 \begin_layout Itemize
13922 \begin_layout Itemize
13927 \begin_layout Standard
13928 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13931 \begin_layout Itemize
13934 this is too much space!
13937 \begin_layout Itemize
13942 \begin_layout Standard
13943 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13946 \begin_layout Standard
13947 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13950 \begin_layout Enumerate
13954 \begin_inset space ~
13959 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13960 \begin_inset space ~
13964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13966 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13975 Spaces ! inter-word
13983 \begin_layout Enumerate
13987 \begin_inset space ~
13992 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13993 \begin_inset space ~
13997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13999 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14016 \begin_layout Enumerate
14020 \begin_inset space ~
14024 \begin_inset space ~
14028 \begin_inset space ~
14035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14037 \begin_inset space ~
14042 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14043 This function is also bound to
14050 \begin_layout Standard
14051 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14054 \begin_layout Itemize
14056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14060 \begin_inset space \space{}
14063 this is too much space!
14066 \begin_layout Itemize
14067 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14071 \begin_layout Standard
14072 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14073 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14074 LaTeX will care about this.
14077 \begin_layout Standard
14078 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14082 \begin_inset space ~
14087 feature described in section
14098 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14104 Typography ! Quotes
14113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14151 \begin_layout Standard
14152 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14153 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14154 and use a closing quote at the end.
14156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14164 The keyboard character,
14168 , generates this automatically.
14171 \begin_layout Standard
14172 You can change the behavior of the
14176 key using the submenu
14182 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14190 Document ! Settings
14198 \begin_layout Standard
14199 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14204 There are six choices:
14207 \begin_layout Labeling
14208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14220 Use quotes like this
14221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14229 \begin_inset Quotes els
14233 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14239 \begin_layout Labeling
14240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14243 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14247 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14253 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14257 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14261 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14267 \begin_layout Labeling
14268 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14271 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14275 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14281 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14285 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14289 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14293 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14299 \begin_layout Labeling
14300 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14303 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14307 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14313 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14317 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14321 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14325 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14331 \begin_layout Labeling
14332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14335 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14339 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14345 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14349 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14353 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14357 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14363 \begin_layout Labeling
14364 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14367 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14371 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14377 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14381 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14385 \begin_inset Quotes als
14389 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14395 \begin_layout Standard
14396 These settings affects what character the
14403 \begin_layout Subsection
14408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14409 Typography ! Ligatures
14418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14449 name "sub:Ligatures"
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14457 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14458 print them as single characters.
14459 These groups are known as
14464 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14466 Here are the standard ligatures:
14469 \begin_layout Itemize
14473 \begin_layout Itemize
14477 \begin_layout Itemize
14481 \begin_layout Itemize
14485 \begin_layout Itemize
14489 \begin_layout Standard
14490 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14493 \begin_layout Standard
14494 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14495 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14503 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14519 To break a ligature, use
14521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14522 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14524 \begin_inset space ~
14531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14542 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14567 \begin_layout Subsection
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14573 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14581 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14588 \begin_layout Standard
14589 You have surely noticed, that the word
14590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14597 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14598 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14599 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14619 \begin_inset Note Note
14622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14623 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14631 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14632 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14637 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14641 \begin_layout Description
14642 LyX The name of the game, write
14643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14664 \begin_layout Description
14665 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14687 \begin_layout Description
14688 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14710 \begin_layout Description
14711 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14733 \begin_layout Standard
14734 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14739 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14747 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14748 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14749 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14752 : The actual version is
14753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14760 , the previous one was
14761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14771 \begin_layout Standard
14772 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14773 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14775 This will look in LyX like:
14776 \begin_inset Graphics
14777 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14782 \begin_inset Newline newline
14785 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14786 \begin_inset space ~
14790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14792 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14799 \begin_layout Subsection
14804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 \begin_layout Standard
14814 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14815 space between two words.
14816 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14826 for units use the menu
14828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14829 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14831 \begin_inset space ~
14843 \begin_layout Standard
14844 Here's an example to show the differences:
14847 \begin_layout Standard
14848 \begin_inset Tabular
14849 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14851 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14852 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14859 \begin_inset space ~
14863 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14875 space between number and unit
14882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14891 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14903 half space between number and unit
14916 \begin_layout Subsection
14921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14922 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14938 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14940 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14941 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14942 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14943 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14944 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14945 These bits of text became known as
14956 \begin_layout Standard
14957 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14958 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14959 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14960 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14961 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14962 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14963 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14966 \begin_layout Standard
14967 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14968 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14969 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14970 \begin_inset space ~
14974 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14976 key "latexcompanion"
14981 \begin_inset space ~
14985 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14991 ] may have more information.
14992 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14995 \begin_layout Chapter
14996 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14999 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15006 \begin_layout Standard
15007 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15012 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15015 \begin_layout Section
15020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15036 \begin_layout Standard
15037 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15040 \begin_layout Description
15042 \begin_inset space ~
15045 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15046 \begin_inset Newline newline
15050 \begin_inset Note Note
15053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15054 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15062 \begin_layout Description
15063 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15064 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15066 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15067 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15068 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15071 \begin_inset Newline newline
15075 \begin_inset Note Comment
15078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15079 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15087 \begin_layout Description
15089 \begin_inset space ~
15092 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15093 \begin_inset Newline newline
15097 \begin_inset Newline newline
15101 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15110 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15111 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15112 How this can be done is explained in the
15121 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15127 \begin_inset Newline newline
15131 \begin_inset Newline newline
15134 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15135 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15139 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15140 \begin_inset Graphics
15141 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15143 scaleBeforeRotation
15149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15153 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15156 \begin_layout Section
15161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15170 name "sec:Footnotes"
15177 \begin_layout Standard
15178 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15184 or the toolbar button
15185 \begin_inset Graphics
15186 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15199 \begin_inset Graphics
15200 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15209 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15238 label, the box will
15242 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15243 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15256 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15272 \begin_layout Standard
15273 Here's an example footnote:
15281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15282 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15290 \begin_layout Standard
15291 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15292 position where the footnote box is placed.
15293 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15294 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15295 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15296 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15297 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15302 ey are described in the
15309 \begin_layout Section
15314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15323 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15330 \begin_layout Standard
15331 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15332 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15336 \begin_inset space ~
15341 or the toolbar button
15342 \begin_inset Graphics
15343 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15370 appearing within your text.
15371 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15380 \begin_layout Standard
15381 At the side is an example marginal note.
15385 \begin_inset Marginal
15388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15389 This is a marginal note.
15397 \begin_layout Standard
15398 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15399 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15400 pages, right on odd pages.
15403 \begin_layout Section
15404 Graphics and Images
15408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15427 name "sec:Graphics"
15434 \begin_layout Standard
15435 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15436 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15437 \begin_inset Graphics
15438 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15448 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15451 \begin_layout Standard
15452 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15457 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15458 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15460 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15461 \begin_inset space ~
15465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15467 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15474 \begin_layout Standard
15479 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15480 of the image in the output.
15481 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15485 \begin_inset space ~
15489 \begin_inset space ~
15498 \begin_inset space ~
15502 \begin_inset space ~
15506 \begin_inset space ~
15511 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15512 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15520 \begin_layout Standard
15523 LaTeX and LyX options
15525 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15526 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15530 \begin_inset space ~
15535 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15536 with the image size is printed.
15540 \begin_inset space ~
15544 \begin_inset space ~
15548 \begin_inset space ~
15553 is explained in the
15564 \begin_layout Standard
15565 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15566 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15568 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15572 \begin_layout Standard
15574 \begin_inset Graphics
15575 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15577 rotateOrigin center
15584 \begin_layout Standard
15585 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15586 the image into a float, see section
15587 \begin_inset space ~
15591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15593 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15600 \begin_layout Subsection
15605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15614 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15621 \begin_layout Standard
15622 You can insert images in any known file format.
15623 But as we explained in section
15624 \begin_inset space ~
15628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15630 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15634 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15635 LyX uses therefore the program
15639 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15640 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15641 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15642 \begin_inset space ~
15646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15648 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15655 \begin_layout Standard
15656 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15659 \begin_layout Description
15661 \begin_inset space ~
15664 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15665 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15666 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15670 Graphics Interchange Format
15671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15674 (GIF, file extension
15675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15722 Portable Network Graphics
15723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15726 (PNG, file extension
15727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15774 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15778 (JPG, file extension
15779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15837 \begin_layout Description
15839 \begin_inset space ~
15842 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15844 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15845 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15846 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15847 \begin_inset Newline newline
15850 Scalable image formats can be
15851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15854 Scalable Vector Graphics
15855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15858 (SVG, file extension
15859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15906 Encapsulated PostScript
15907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15910 (EPS, file extension
15911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15958 Portable Document Format
15959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15962 (PDF, file extension
15963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15985 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15986 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15987 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15993 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16001 \begin_layout Standard
16002 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16006 \begin_layout Subsection
16007 Grouping of Image Settings
16011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16012 Images ! Settings grouping
16020 \begin_layout Standard
16021 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16023 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16024 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16026 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16027 need to manually change each of them.
16031 \begin_layout Standard
16032 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16035 \begin_inset space ~
16039 \begin_inset space ~
16044 field in the Graphics dialog.
16045 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16046 by checking the name of the desired group.
16049 \begin_layout Section
16054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16070 \begin_layout Standard
16071 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16072 \begin_inset Graphics
16073 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16080 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16084 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16085 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16086 from the rest of the table.
16087 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16088 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16090 Here's an example table:
16093 \begin_layout Standard
16095 \begin_inset Tabular
16096 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16301 \begin_layout Subsection
16305 \begin_layout Standard
16306 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16307 brings up the table dialog.
16308 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16309 where the cursor is placed currently.
16310 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16311 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16312 done on all of your selection.
16315 \begin_layout Standard
16316 Additionally to the table dialog the
16319 \begin_inset space ~
16324 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16326 It is for example currently only possible to add
16327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16334 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16337 \begin_layout Standard
16341 \begin_inset space ~
16346 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16347 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16348 current cell respectively.
16349 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16351 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16352 of text, see section
16353 \begin_inset space ~
16357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16359 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16366 \begin_layout Standard
16367 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16373 This will merge the cells to
16377 cell, spread over more than one column.
16378 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16379 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16380 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16381 in the last row without the upper border:
16384 \begin_layout Standard
16386 \begin_inset Tabular
16387 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16388 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16390 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16391 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16392 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16403 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16412 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16488 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16523 \begin_layout Standard
16524 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16525 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16526 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16527 explained in the tables section of the
16530 \begin_inset space ~
16536 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16537 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16540 degrees counterclockwise.
16541 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16544 \begin_layout Standard
16545 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16553 Most DVI-viewers are
16557 able to display rotations.
16565 \begin_layout Standard
16570 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16575 adds lines for all cell borders.
16578 \begin_layout Subsection
16583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16584 Tables ! Longtables
16593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16602 \begin_layout Standard
16603 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16606 \begin_inset space ~
16610 \begin_inset space ~
16619 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16620 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16623 \begin_layout Description
16628 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16629 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16630 except for the first page, if
16633 \begin_inset space ~
16641 \begin_layout Description
16645 \begin_inset space ~
16650 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16651 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16654 \begin_layout Description
16659 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16660 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16661 except for the last page, if
16664 \begin_inset space ~
16672 \begin_layout Description
16676 \begin_inset space ~
16681 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16682 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16685 \begin_layout Description
16686 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16687 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16693 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16696 \begin_inset space ~
16704 \begin_layout Standard
16705 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16706 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16707 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16708 The others will then be defined as
16713 In this context, first means first in this order:
16716 \begin_inset space ~
16728 \begin_inset space ~
16734 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16737 \begin_layout Standard
16739 \begin_inset Tabular
16740 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16741 <features islongtable="true">
16742 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16743 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16744 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16745 <row endfirsthead="true">
16746 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16757 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 <row endfirsthead="true">
16777 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 <row endhead="true">
16810 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16840 <row endhead="true">
16841 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16861 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <row endfoot="true">
16874 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17866 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <row endlastfoot="true">
18856 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 \begin_layout Subsection
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18907 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18914 \begin_layout Standard
18915 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18916 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18917 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18918 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18922 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18923 for the cell's paragraph.
18926 \begin_layout Standard
18927 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18928 for the column in the table dialog.
18929 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18930 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18934 \begin_layout Standard
18936 \begin_inset Tabular
18937 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18939 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18940 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19086 This is longer now.
19091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19142 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19143 This is longer now.
19148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 \begin_layout Standard
19175 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19176 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19177 Selection with the mouse or with
19181 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19182 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19183 the selection from outside the table.
19186 \begin_layout Section
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19207 \begin_layout Standard
19208 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19209 have a fixed location.
19211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19218 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19226 \begin_inset space ~
19231 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19232 too much notes at the page.
19235 \begin_layout Standard
19236 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19237 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19238 and pages without text.
19239 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19240 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19241 Floats are therefore numbered.
19242 Referencing is described in section
19243 \begin_inset space ~
19247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19249 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19256 \begin_layout Standard
19257 To insert a float, use the menu
19259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19263 A box with a caption that has e.
19264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19268 \begin_inset space ~
19272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19276 \begin_inset space ~
19280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19283 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19284 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19286 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19296 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19297 paragraph within the float.
19298 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19299 by left-clicking on the box label.
19300 A closed float box looks like this:
19301 \begin_inset Graphics
19302 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19307 -- a gray button with a red label.
19310 \begin_layout Standard
19311 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19312 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19315 \begin_layout Subsection
19319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19325 Floats ! Figure floats
19331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19333 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19340 \begin_layout Standard
19343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19344 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19347 inserts a float with the label
19348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19354 \begin_inset space ~
19360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19364 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19365 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19366 This is what we did for Figure
19367 \begin_inset space ~
19371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19373 reference "cap:Platypus"
19378 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19379 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19380 This was done in Figure
19381 \begin_inset space ~
19385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19387 reference "cap:Escher"
19394 \begin_layout Standard
19395 \begin_inset Float figure
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 \begin_inset Graphics
19403 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19405 rotateOrigin center
19412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 \begin_inset Caption
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19418 name "cap:Platypus"
19422 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19435 \begin_layout Standard
19436 \begin_inset Float figure
19441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 \begin_inset Caption
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 \begin_inset Graphics
19463 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19465 rotateOrigin center
19477 \begin_layout Standard
19478 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19480 As described in section
19481 \begin_inset space ~
19485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19487 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19491 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19496 and refer to it using the menu
19498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19502 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19511 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19523 \begin_layout Standard
19524 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19525 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19526 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19527 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19529 \begin_inset space ~
19533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19535 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19539 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19540 You can also set the images one below the other.
19542 \begin_inset space ~
19546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19548 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19555 reference "fig:Platypus"
19559 are the subfigures.
19562 \begin_layout Standard
19563 \begin_inset Float figure
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19573 \begin_inset Float figure
19578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 \begin_inset Caption
19581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19584 name "fig:Undefinable"
19596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 \begin_inset Graphics
19598 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19613 \begin_inset Float figure
19618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 \begin_inset Caption
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19624 name "fig:Platypus"
19636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 \begin_inset Graphics
19638 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19650 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 \begin_inset Caption
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19662 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19666 Two distorted images.
19679 \begin_layout Standard
19680 Note that the caption is added to the
19683 \begin_inset space ~
19687 \begin_inset space ~
19692 as described in section
19693 \begin_inset space ~
19697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19699 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19712 Floats ! Table floats
19718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19720 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19727 \begin_layout Standard
19728 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19731 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19735 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19738 \begin_inset space ~
19742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19744 reference "cap:Table-float"
19748 is an example of a table float.
19751 \begin_layout Standard
19752 \begin_inset Float table
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 \begin_inset Caption
19760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19763 name "cap:Table-float"
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19777 \begin_inset Tabular
19778 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19781 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19782 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19909 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19932 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19953 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19988 \begin_layout Standard
19989 This float type is inserted with the menu
19991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19992 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19996 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19997 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20001 , described in section
20002 \begin_inset space ~
20006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20008 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20015 \begin_layout Standard
20016 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20024 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20030 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20033 \begin_layout Standard
20038 floatname{algorithm}{your
20039 \begin_inset space ~
20045 \begin_layout Standard
20046 to the document preamble (menu
20048 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20055 \begin_inset space ~
20061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20089 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20096 \begin_layout Standard
20097 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 \begin_inset Graphics
20106 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20108 rotateOrigin center
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20116 \begin_inset Caption
20118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20121 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20125 This is a wrapped figure.
20126 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20139 This float type is used if you want to
20140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20147 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20149 It can be inserted using the menu
20151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20152 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20154 \begin_inset space ~
20159 if the LaTeX-package
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20168 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20181 \begin_inset space ~
20191 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20194 \begin_inset space ~
20198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20200 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20204 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20213 Available units are explained in Appendix
20214 \begin_inset space ~
20218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20220 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20229 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20233 \begin_layout Standard
20234 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20242 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20243 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20244 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20245 over some other text.
20253 \begin_layout Itemize
20254 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20255 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20256 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20257 breaks will appear.
20260 \begin_layout Itemize
20261 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20262 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20265 \begin_layout Itemize
20266 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20267 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20270 \begin_layout Itemize
20271 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20274 \begin_layout Subsection
20276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20278 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20295 \begin_layout Standard
20296 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20297 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20301 \begin_inset space ~
20309 \begin_layout Standard
20310 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20311 have a multi-column document).
20312 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20315 \begin_inset space ~
20321 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20322 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20329 \begin_layout Standard
20330 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20331 format is also the same: Table
20332 \begin_inset space ~
20336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20338 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20342 is an example of a rotated table float.
20345 \begin_layout Standard
20346 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20354 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20362 \begin_layout Standard
20363 \begin_inset Float table
20368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20369 \begin_inset Caption
20371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20374 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20388 \begin_inset Tabular
20389 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20391 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20392 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20393 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20394 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20455 \begin_layout Subsection
20457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20459 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 \begin_layout Standard
20477 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20478 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20479 \begin_inset Newline newline
20485 \begin_inset space ~
20490 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20491 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20493 \begin_inset Newline newline
20499 \begin_inset space ~
20504 is used to rotate floats, see section
20505 \begin_inset space ~
20509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20511 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20518 \begin_layout Standard
20519 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20520 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20523 \begin_inset space ~
20527 \begin_inset space ~
20535 \begin_layout Description
20537 \begin_inset space ~
20541 \begin_inset space ~
20544 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20547 \begin_layout Description
20549 \begin_inset space ~
20553 \begin_inset space ~
20556 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20559 \begin_layout Description
20561 \begin_inset space ~
20565 \begin_inset space ~
20568 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20571 \begin_layout Description
20573 \begin_inset space ~
20577 \begin_inset space ~
20580 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20584 The order of the above option is
20589 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20593 \begin_inset space ~
20597 \begin_inset space ~
20605 \begin_inset space ~
20609 \begin_inset space ~
20614 , and then the others.
20615 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20617 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20618 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20621 \begin_layout Standard
20622 By default, each options has its own rules:
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20629 \begin_inset space ~
20633 \begin_inset space ~
20638 only floats occupying less than 70
20639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20642 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20645 \begin_layout Standard
20649 \begin_inset space ~
20653 \begin_inset space ~
20658 : only floats occupying less than 30
20659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20662 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20665 \begin_layout Standard
20669 \begin_inset space ~
20673 \begin_inset space ~
20678 : only if more than 50
20679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20682 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20686 \begin_layout Standard
20687 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20691 \begin_inset space ~
20695 \begin_inset space ~
20703 \begin_layout Standard
20704 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20705 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20706 For this case you can use the option
20709 \begin_inset space ~
20715 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20717 Because the float is then no longer able to
20718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20725 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20729 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20730 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20733 \begin_layout Standard
20734 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20736 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20738 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20745 \begin_layout Section
20750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20759 name "sec:Minipages"
20766 \begin_layout Standard
20767 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20769 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20770 \begin_inset space ~
20777 \begin_layout Standard
20778 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20784 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20785 and its alignment within the page.
20788 \begin_layout Standard
20790 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20799 height_special "totalheight"
20802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20805 This is a minipage.
20806 The text is set in an italic style.
20809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20812 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20813 another formatting.
20821 \begin_layout Standard
20822 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20825 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20829 as described in section
20830 \begin_inset space ~
20834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20836 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20841 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20847 \begin_layout Standard
20848 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20857 height_special "totalheight"
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20861 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20862 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20868 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20872 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20881 height_special "totalheight"
20884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20885 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20886 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20894 \begin_layout Standard
20895 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20901 \begin_layout Standard
20902 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20903 to other box types.
20904 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20915 \begin_layout Chapter
20916 Mathematical Formulas
20920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20961 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20974 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20977 \begin_layout Section
20982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20991 \begin_layout Standard
20992 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20993 \begin_inset Graphics
20994 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20999 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21001 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21002 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21003 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21011 \begin_layout Standard
21012 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21016 \begin_inset space ~
21021 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21024 \begin_layout Standard
21025 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21026 line, like this one:
21029 \begin_layout Standard
21030 This is a line with an inline formula
21031 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21037 \begin_layout Standard
21038 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21040 \begin_inset Formula \[
21045 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21048 \begin_layout Standard
21049 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21065 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21066 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21070 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21073 \begin_inset space ~
21081 \begin_layout Subsection
21082 Navigating in Formulas
21086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21095 \begin_layout Standard
21096 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21097 achieved with the arrow keys.
21098 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21099 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21104 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21105 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21109 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21113 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21115 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21123 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21128 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21129 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21132 \begin_layout Standard
21137 , printed in this document as
21138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21159 \begin_inset Note Note
21162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21163 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21164 space character (visible space).
21169 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21170 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21171 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21176 For example, if you want
21177 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21231 , since in the latter case only the
21234 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21239 will be under the square root sign:
21240 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21246 \begin_layout Standard
21247 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21249 \begin_inset Formula \[
21250 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21253 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21257 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21258 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21261 \begin_layout Subsection
21265 \begin_layout Standard
21266 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21267 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21271 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21272 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21273 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21274 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21275 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21278 \begin_layout Subsection
21279 Exponents and Subscripts
21283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21302 \begin_layout Standard
21303 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21304 way is to use a command.
21306 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21309 , type in a formula
21315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21331 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21337 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21341 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21362 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21371 , you have to use an extra
21375 to separate the hat and the character.
21378 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21399 Subscripts are similar: To get
21400 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21423 \begin_layout Subsection
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21437 \begin_layout Standard
21438 Create a fraction with either the command
21445 \begin_inset Graphics
21446 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21454 \begin_inset space ~
21460 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21461 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21462 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21467 To move back up, press
21472 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21473 \begin_inset Formula \[
21474 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21476 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21483 \begin_layout Subsection
21488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21497 \begin_layout Standard
21498 Roots can be created using the
21501 \begin_inset space ~
21507 \begin_inset Graphics
21508 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21531 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21537 produces always a square root.
21540 \begin_layout Subsection
21541 Operators with Limits
21545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21564 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21571 \begin_layout Standard
21573 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21577 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21580 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21581 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21582 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21583 The sum operator will automatically place its
21584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21591 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21594 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21598 \begin_inset Formula \[
21599 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21603 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21607 \begin_layout Standard
21608 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21610 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21611 behind the operator and hitting
21617 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21618 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21620 \begin_inset space ~
21624 \begin_inset space ~
21632 \begin_layout Standard
21633 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21641 feature as addition, such as
21645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21652 \begin_inset Formula \[
21653 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21657 which will place the
21658 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21670 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21671 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21677 \begin_layout Standard
21678 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21685 Have a look at section
21686 \begin_inset space ~
21690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21692 reference "sub:Functions"
21696 for an explanation of function macros.
21699 \begin_layout Subsection
21704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21713 \begin_layout Standard
21714 Most math symbols can be found in the
21717 \begin_inset space ~
21722 under one of several categories; including
21739 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21743 \begin_layout Standard
21744 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21745 you don't have to use the
21748 \begin_inset space ~
21753 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21754 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21757 \begin_layout Subsection
21762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21771 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21779 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21788 \begin_inset space ~
21794 \begin_inset Graphics
21795 filename ../images/math/space.png
21800 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21801 Here a example for the sequence
21806 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21810 \begin_inset Graphics
21811 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21816 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21817 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21818 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21819 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21824 \begin_layout Standard
21834 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21840 \begin_layout Standard
21850 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21856 \begin_layout Subsection
21861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21870 name "sub:Functions"
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21881 \begin_inset space ~
21886 contains under the button
21887 \begin_inset Graphics
21888 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21892 a number of functions, such as
21893 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21897 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21905 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21912 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21913 avoid confusions, because
21914 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21918 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21924 \begin_layout Standard
21925 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21927 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21931 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21937 \begin_layout Standard
21938 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21939 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21940 \begin_inset space ~
21944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21946 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21953 \begin_layout Subsection
21958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 \begin_layout Standard
21968 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21970 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21971 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21973 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21976 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21977 Our example is entered by typing
21985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21998 \begin_inset space ~
22002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22004 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22008 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22011 \begin_layout Standard
22012 \begin_inset Float table
22017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22018 \begin_inset Caption
22020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22023 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22027 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22037 \begin_inset Tabular
22038 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22126 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22180 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22234 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22288 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22342 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22396 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22450 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22504 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22558 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22603 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22624 \begin_layout Standard
22625 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22628 \begin_inset space ~
22634 \begin_inset Graphics
22635 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22639 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22643 \begin_layout Section
22644 Brackets and Delimiters
22648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22667 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22674 \begin_layout Standard
22675 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22676 For most purposes, using just the keys
22681 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22682 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22685 \begin_inset space ~
22691 \begin_inset Graphics
22692 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22697 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22699 \begin_inset Formula \[
22700 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22702 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22706 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22707 \begin_inset Formula \[
22708 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22715 \begin_layout Standard
22716 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22717 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22720 \begin_layout Standard
22721 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22722 left side and right side.
22723 If you use the option
22726 \begin_inset space ~
22731 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22732 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22733 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22734 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22737 \begin_layout Standard
22738 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22739 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22740 inside the brackets.
22741 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22746 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22749 \begin_layout Standard
22750 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22761 \begin_layout Section
22766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22775 name "sec:Grouping"
22782 \begin_layout Standard
22783 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22784 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22795 \begin_layout Standard
22796 \begin_inset Formula \[
22797 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22805 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22820 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22821 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22822 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22825 \begin_layout Section
22826 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22851 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22863 \begin_inset space ~
22869 \begin_inset Graphics
22870 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22875 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22876 Here is an example:
22877 \begin_inset Formula \[
22878 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22881 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22885 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22886 \begin_inset space ~
22890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22892 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22897 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22898 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22899 This alignment is set in the box
22904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22952 for every column as default.
22953 For example, the sequence
22954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22965 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22966 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22967 corresponds to the relevant column.
22968 The result will look like this:
22969 \begin_inset Formula \[
22971 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22972 column & has & has\, right\\
22973 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22980 \begin_layout Standard
22981 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22985 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22986 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22988 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22994 \begin_layout Standard
22995 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22996 It can be created with the menu
22998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22999 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23001 \begin_inset space ~
23014 \begin_inset Formula \[
23018 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23025 \begin_layout Standard
23026 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23029 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23037 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23046 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23054 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23055 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23056 A new row is created by every further hit of
23064 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23065 Here is an example:
23066 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23067 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23068 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23072 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23073 where you want to start the shift and hit
23078 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23079 position to the next column.
23080 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23081 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23082 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23083 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23091 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23098 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23099 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23102 reference "eq:asquared"
23107 The other types are described in section
23108 \begin_inset space ~
23112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23114 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23121 \begin_layout Section
23122 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23127 Math ! Formula numbering
23136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23137 Math ! Referencing formulas
23143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23145 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23152 \begin_layout Standard
23153 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23156 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23158 \begin_inset space ~
23166 \begin_inset space ~
23172 The formula number appears in LyX as
23173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23180 within parentheses.
23182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23189 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23191 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23192 the document class.
23193 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23194 separated by a dot:
23195 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23196 1+1=2\end{equation}
23203 \begin_inset space ~
23208 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23209 You can only number displayed formulas.
23212 \begin_layout Standard
23213 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23215 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23216 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23218 \begin_inset space ~
23222 \begin_inset space ~
23226 \begin_inset space ~
23234 \begin_inset space ~
23239 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23240 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23242 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23243 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23247 To number all lines use the shortcut
23250 \begin_inset space ~
23258 \begin_layout Standard
23259 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23262 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23263 A label is inserted with the menu
23265 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23268 when the cursor is in the formula.
23269 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23270 It is recommended to use the proposed
23271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23282 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23283 type when you have many labels in your document.
23284 We inserted in the following example the label
23285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23292 in the second line:
23293 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23294 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23295 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23299 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23300 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23310 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23314 \begin_inset space ~
23320 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23321 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23322 as the formula number:
23325 \begin_layout Standard
23326 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23329 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23336 \begin_layout Standard
23337 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23338 \begin_inset space ~
23342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23344 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23349 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23355 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23360 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23368 \begin_layout Section
23369 User defined math macros
23373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23382 name "sec:math-macros"
23389 \begin_layout Standard
23390 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23391 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23392 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23394 \begin_inset Newline newline
23397 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23398 \begin_inset Formula \[
23399 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23403 The general form of its solution is:
23404 \begin_inset Formula \[
23405 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23412 \begin_layout Standard
23413 The macro should print the parameters
23414 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23418 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23422 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23425 like in the equation above.
23428 \begin_layout Standard
23429 A macro is created by executing the command
23432 \begin_layout Standard
23439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23462 \begin_inset space ~
23466 \begin_inset space ~
23472 \begin_layout Standard
23473 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23474 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23475 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23476 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23480 \begin_layout Standard
23481 We have three arguments and name the macro
23482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23489 , so that the command is:
23492 \begin_layout Standard
23499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23524 \begin_layout Standard
23525 This results in the following macro definition box:
23526 \begin_inset Graphics
23527 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23532 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23533 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23534 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23538 \begin_inset Note Note
23541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23542 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23543 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23551 \begin_layout Standard
23552 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23553 the math panel or commands.
23554 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23555 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23566 for the first argument.
23567 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23568 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23569 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23570 in LyX with its full size.
23571 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23572 In our example we insert the sequence
23573 \begin_inset Newline newline
23601 \begin_inset Newline newline
23606 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23609 \begin_layout Standard
23610 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23625 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23628 \begin_layout Standard
23630 \begin_inset Graphics
23631 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23638 \begin_layout Standard
23639 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23640 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23641 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23642 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23643 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23646 \begin_layout Standard
23647 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23648 to the new definition.
23649 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23650 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23654 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23658 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23662 \begin_inset Formula \[
23670 \begin_layout Standard
23671 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23675 \begin_layout Standard
23689 \begin_inset Newline newline
23696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23722 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23725 \begin_layout Standard
23726 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23727 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23728 definition box in your document.
23729 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23731 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23733 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23738 \begin_layout Section
23742 \begin_layout Subsection
23747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 \begin_layout Standard
23757 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23758 To set a font in a formula, use the
23761 \begin_inset space ~
23767 \begin_inset Graphics
23768 filename ../images/math/font.png
23772 , or enter its command, listed in table
23773 \begin_inset space ~
23777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23779 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23786 \begin_layout Standard
23787 \begin_inset Float table
23792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23793 \begin_inset Caption
23795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23798 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23802 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23812 \begin_inset Tabular
23813 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23816 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23848 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23875 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23902 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23935 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23962 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23989 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24023 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24050 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24084 \begin_layout Standard
24085 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24093 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24109 \begin_layout Standard
24110 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24111 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24116 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24117 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24118 Here an example where a
24119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24130 denotes the set of numbers:
24131 \begin_inset Formula \[
24132 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24140 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24151 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24155 \begin_inset Newline newline
24158 So better don't use this feature.
24161 \begin_layout Standard
24162 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24163 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24167 \begin_inset Newline newline
24170 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24176 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24177 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24183 \begin_layout Standard
24190 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24193 \begin_layout Standard
24194 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24196 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24197 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24199 \begin_inset space ~
24207 \begin_layout Subsection
24212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24221 \begin_layout Standard
24222 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24224 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24228 \begin_inset space ~
24232 \begin_inset space ~
24240 \begin_inset space ~
24246 \begin_inset Graphics
24247 filename ../images/math/font.png
24251 (alternatively the shortcut
24254 \begin_inset space ~
24260 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24261 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24262 Here is an example:
24263 \begin_inset Formula \[
24265 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24266 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24273 \begin_layout Subsection
24278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24287 \begin_layout Standard
24288 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24289 automatically chosen in most situations.
24307 For most characters,
24315 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24316 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24321 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24322 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24323 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24324 \begin_inset Graphics
24325 filename ../images/math/style.png
24330 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24331 For example, you can set
24332 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24335 , which is normally in
24344 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24348 The four styles are used in the following example:
24351 \begin_layout Standard
24352 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24356 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24360 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24364 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24370 \begin_layout Standard
24371 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24372 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24374 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24376 \begin_inset space ~
24381 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24382 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24383 will be adjusted to correspond.
24384 As example a formula in the font size
24385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24399 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24405 \begin_layout Section
24409 \begin_layout Standard
24410 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24411 the document classes and into layout modules.
24415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24421 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24422 other than the AMS classes.
24424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24426 reference "sub:Modules"
24430 for more on layout modules.
24433 \begin_layout Section
24438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24457 \begin_layout Standard
24458 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24459 (AMS) that are in common use.
24462 \begin_layout Subsection
24463 Enabling AMS-Support
24466 \begin_layout Standard
24467 Selecting the checkbox
24470 \begin_inset space ~
24474 \begin_inset space ~
24478 \begin_inset space ~
24485 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24493 Document ! Settings
24501 \begin_inset space ~
24506 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24508 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24509 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24512 \begin_layout Subsection
24514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24516 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24525 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24533 \begin_layout Standard
24534 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24535 LyX allows you to choose between
24556 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24559 \begin_layout Chapter
24563 \begin_layout Section
24568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24577 name "sec:Cross-References"
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24585 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24586 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24588 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24589 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24590 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24593 \begin_layout Enumerate
24597 \begin_layout Enumerate
24598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24600 name "enu:Second-item"
24607 \begin_layout Enumerate
24611 \begin_layout Standard
24612 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24617 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24618 \begin_inset Graphics
24619 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24625 A grey label box like this:
24626 \begin_inset Graphics
24627 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24632 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24633 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24668 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24669 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24684 \begin_layout Standard
24685 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24690 or the toolbar button
24691 \begin_inset Graphics
24692 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24698 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24699 \begin_inset Graphics
24700 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24705 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24707 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24720 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24722 Here is our cross-reference:
24725 \begin_layout Standard
24727 \begin_inset space ~
24731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24733 reference "enu:Second-item"
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24741 It is recommended to use a protected space
24745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24746 described in section
24747 \begin_inset space ~
24751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24753 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24762 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24766 \begin_layout Standard
24767 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24770 \begin_layout Description
24771 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24774 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24781 \begin_layout Description
24782 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24783 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24795 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24802 \begin_layout Description
24803 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24804 \begin_inset space ~
24808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24809 LatexCommand pageref
24810 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24817 \begin_layout Description
24819 \begin_inset space ~
24823 \begin_inset space ~
24826 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24828 LatexCommand vpageref
24829 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24836 \begin_layout Description
24838 \begin_inset space ~
24842 \begin_inset space ~
24846 \begin_inset space ~
24849 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24853 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24860 \begin_layout Description
24862 \begin_inset space ~
24865 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24866 \begin_inset Newline newline
24870 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24878 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24887 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24900 \begin_layout Standard
24901 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24902 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24904 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24908 \begin_inset space ~
24912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24926 \begin_layout Standard
24927 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24928 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24929 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24933 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24937 \begin_layout Standard
24938 You can only use the style
24942 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24946 is always possible.
24949 \begin_layout Standard
24950 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24951 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24952 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24953 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24954 \begin_inset space ~
24958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24960 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24971 \begin_inset space ~
24975 \begin_inset space ~
24980 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24981 The button text changes then to
24984 \begin_inset space ~
24989 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24990 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24991 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24995 \begin_layout Standard
24996 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24997 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24998 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25002 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25003 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25006 \begin_layout Standard
25007 References are described in detail in the
25014 \begin_layout Section
25015 Table of Contents and other Listings
25019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25045 \begin_layout Subsection
25047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25049 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25056 \begin_layout Standard
25057 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25059 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25060 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25062 \begin_inset space ~
25066 \begin_inset space ~
25072 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25073 If you click on it, the
25077 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25078 sections in your documents.
25079 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25084 that is described in sec.
25085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25091 reference "sec:Navigating"
25098 \begin_layout Standard
25099 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25100 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25102 \begin_inset space ~
25106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25108 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25112 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25114 \begin_inset space ~
25118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25120 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25124 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25126 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25129 \begin_layout Subsection
25130 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25133 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25141 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25142 You can insert them via the
25144 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25146 \begin_inset space ~
25150 \begin_inset space ~
25156 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25159 \begin_layout Section
25160 URLs and Hyperlinks
25164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25190 \begin_layout Subsection
25194 \begin_layout Standard
25195 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25203 \begin_layout Standard
25204 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25205 \begin_inset Flex URL
25208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25218 \begin_layout Standard
25219 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25225 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25229 \begin_layout Standard
25230 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25238 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25246 \begin_layout Subsection
25250 \begin_layout Standard
25251 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25256 or with the toolbar button
25257 \begin_inset Graphics
25258 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25264 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25273 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25274 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25275 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25277 name "LyX's homepage"
25278 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25282 , an Email address like this:
25283 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25285 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25286 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25291 , or a link to a file.
25294 \begin_layout Standard
25295 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25308 to the link target.
25311 \begin_layout Standard
25312 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25313 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25314 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25315 the text style dialog.
25316 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25320 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25322 name "LyX's homepage"
25323 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25330 \begin_layout Standard
25331 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25335 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25337 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25338 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25342 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25344 \begin_inset Newline newline
25352 \begin_inset Newline newline
25359 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25362 \begin_layout Section
25367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25376 name "sec:Appendices"
25383 \begin_layout Standard
25384 Appendices are created with the menu
25386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25388 \begin_inset space ~
25392 \begin_inset space ~
25398 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25399 as appendix region.
25400 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25403 \begin_layout Standard
25404 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25405 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25406 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25407 and the subsection number.
25408 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25414 \begin_inset space ~
25418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25420 reference "cha:Credits"
25425 \begin_inset space ~
25429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25431 reference "sub:Export"
25438 \begin_layout Section
25443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25452 name "sec:Bibliography"
25459 \begin_layout Standard
25460 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25461 You can include a bibliography database
25465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25466 Known under the name
25467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25479 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25481 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25485 , described in section
25486 \begin_inset space ~
25490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25492 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25499 \begin_layout Standard
25504 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25506 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25515 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25517 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25526 , a short form of its title, as key.
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25530 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25535 or the toolbar button
25536 \begin_inset Graphics
25537 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25538 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25543 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25544 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25545 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25546 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25550 \begin_layout Standard
25551 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25552 with surrounding brackets.
25557 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25558 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25570 \begin_layout Standard
25573 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25576 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25578 key "latexcompanion"
25585 \begin_layout Standard
25586 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25587 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25596 \begin_layout Subsection
25597 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25602 Bibliography ! Databases
25611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25612 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25620 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25628 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25630 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25632 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25633 your working field in a database.
25634 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25635 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25639 The database is a text file with the file extension
25640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25651 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25652 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25653 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25655 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25660 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25662 \begin_inset Newline newline
25666 \begin_inset Flex URL
25669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25671 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25677 \begin_inset Newline newline
25680 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25683 \begin_layout Standard
25684 To use a database, use the menu
25686 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25691 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25704 \begin_inset space ~
25710 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25711 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25714 \begin_layout Standard
25715 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25727 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25728 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25729 take care of the layout.
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25733 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25737 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25743 \begin_layout Standard
25744 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25746 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25780 \begin_inset space ~
25786 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25794 \begin_layout Standard
25795 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25802 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25803 the two methods of creating them.
25804 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25805 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25806 We used the style file
25810 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25813 \begin_layout Subsection
25814 Bibliography layout
25818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25819 Bibliography ! Layout
25827 \begin_layout Standard
25828 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25829 For this feature you need to use the option
25835 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25843 Document ! Settings
25853 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25854 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25855 in the previous section.
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25859 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25860 in the citation reference window.
25861 Here an example where we set the text
25862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25866 \begin_inset space ~
25870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25873 to appear after the reference:
25876 \begin_layout Standard
25878 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25881 key "latexcompanion"
25888 \begin_layout Section
25893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25914 \begin_inset space ~
25919 or the toolbar button
25920 \begin_inset Graphics
25921 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25922 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25939 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25940 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25941 by LyX as index entry.
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25945 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25946 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25948 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25950 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25957 \begin_layout Standard
25958 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25962 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25966 \begin_inset space ~
25970 \begin_inset space ~
25973 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25975 \begin_inset space ~
25981 A light blue box labeled
25982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25993 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25994 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25997 \begin_layout Subsection
25998 Grouping Index Entries
26002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26011 \begin_layout Standard
26012 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26014 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26015 lists under the entry
26016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26024 First we create the entry
26025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26033 \begin_inset space ~
26037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26039 reference "sub:Lists"
26044 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26045 \begin_inset space ~
26049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26051 reference "sec:Itemize"
26055 , we insert the command
26058 \begin_layout Standard
26064 \begin_layout Standard
26068 \begin_layout Standard
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 for the enumerated list in section
26076 \begin_inset space ~
26080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26082 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26089 \begin_layout Standard
26090 The exclamation mark
26091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26098 marks the grouping levels.
26099 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26100 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26101 If we don't have an index entry for
26102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26109 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26112 \begin_layout Subsection
26117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26118 Index ! Page ranges
26126 \begin_layout Standard
26127 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26129 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26130 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26132 \begin_inset space ~
26136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26138 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26145 \begin_layout Standard
26148 Paragraph environments|(
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26152 and another entry at the end of section
26153 \begin_inset space ~
26157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26159 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26166 \begin_layout Standard
26169 Paragraph environments|)
26172 \begin_layout Standard
26174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26197 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26198 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26199 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26200 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26201 An example is the index entry
26202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26205 Document ! Settings
26206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26212 \begin_layout Subsection
26217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26218 Index ! Cross referencing
26226 \begin_layout Standard
26227 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26228 We referred for example in the index entry
26229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26237 \begin_inset space ~
26241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26243 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26247 ) to the index entry
26248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26255 in the same section using the entry
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26261 GIF|see{Image formats}
26264 \begin_layout Standard
26265 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26266 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26267 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26270 \begin_layout Subsection
26275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26276 Index ! Entry order
26284 \begin_layout Standard
26285 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26286 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26287 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26292 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26294 \begin_inset space ~
26298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26300 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26309 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26310 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26339 Dummy entries ! maïs
26348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26349 Dummy entries ! maître
26358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26359 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26364 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26365 order maïs, maison, maître.
26366 To achieve this, we use the command
26369 \begin_layout Standard
26372 previous entry@current entry
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26376 In our case we want to have
26377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26392 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26401 \begin_layout Standard
26402 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26403 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26407 \begin_layout Subsection
26412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26413 Index ! Entry layout
26421 \begin_layout Standard
26422 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26429 This is an italic dummy entry
26434 You can also format the page number using the character
26435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26442 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26443 We can write for example
26446 \begin_layout Standard
26449 italic page number:|textit
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26453 to get the page number in italic.
26457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26458 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26463 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26481 \begin_inset space ~
26487 Have a look at section
26488 \begin_inset space ~
26492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26494 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26498 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26502 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26510 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26514 to generate the index, see section
26515 \begin_inset space ~
26519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26521 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26530 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26531 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26533 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26536 key "latexcompanion"
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26549 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26551 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26552 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26553 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26554 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26555 If so, put the following in preamble
26558 \begin_layout Standard
26570 \begin_layout Standard
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26580 \begin_layout Standard
26581 into the index entry.
26585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26586 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26591 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26592 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26593 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26597 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26603 \begin_inset space ~
26606 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26607 for all index entries.
26608 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26620 documentation for details,
26621 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26623 key "makeindex,xindy"
26630 \begin_layout Subsection
26635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26644 name "sub:Index-Program"
26651 \begin_layout Standard
26652 When the index entry program
26656 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26657 generation, otherwise the program
26661 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26662 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26663 dialog, see section
26664 \begin_inset space ~
26668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26670 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26675 The available options are listed and explained in
26676 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26678 key "makeindex,xindy"
26683 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26686 \begin_layout Standard
26691 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26692 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26694 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26696 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26697 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26705 \begin_layout Section
26706 Nomenclature / Glossary
26710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26751 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26758 \begin_layout Standard
26759 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26760 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26764 \begin_layout Standard
26765 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26774 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26780 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26781 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26787 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26791 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26792 and then use the menu
26794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26800 \begin_inset space ~
26805 or the toolbar button
26806 \begin_inset Graphics
26807 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26808 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26825 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26829 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26830 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26831 The second is the description of the symbol.
26834 \begin_layout Standard
26835 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26843 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26851 \begin_layout Subsection
26852 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26857 Nomenclature ! Layout
26865 \begin_layout Standard
26866 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26870 field as LaTeX-formula.
26872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26876 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26884 \begin_inset Newline newline
26892 \begin_inset Newline newline
26898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26905 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26906 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26918 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26928 \begin_layout Standard
26929 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26930 \begin_inset space ~
26934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26936 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26943 \begin_layout Standard
26947 \begin_inset space ~
26952 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26953 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26958 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26965 in this document is:
26966 \begin_inset Newline newline
26971 dummy entry for the character
26976 \begin_inset Newline newline
26988 \begin_inset space ~
26998 font use the command
27027 \begin_layout Subsection
27028 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27033 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27041 \begin_layout Standard
27042 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27043 the symbol definition.
27044 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27045 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27048 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27049 LatexCommand nomenclature
27051 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27058 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27062 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27063 LatexCommand nomenclature
27066 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27071 They will be sorted by
27072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27098 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27101 will be sorted before the
27105 since the character
27106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27113 is considered in sorting.
27116 \begin_layout Standard
27117 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27120 \begin_inset space ~
27125 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27126 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27128 For the given example, you can insert
27132 to this field for the
27133 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27140 will be located before
27141 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27147 \begin_layout Standard
27148 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27153 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27162 \begin_layout Subsection
27163 Nomenclature Options
27167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27168 Nomenclature ! Options
27176 \begin_layout Standard
27181 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27182 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27185 \begin_layout Description
27186 refeq Appends the phrase
27187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27202 to every nomenclature entry, where
27208 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27211 \begin_layout Description
27212 refpage Appends the phrase
27213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27228 to every nomenclature entry, where
27234 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27237 \begin_layout Description
27238 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27242 There are furthermore the options
27286 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27290 \begin_layout Standard
27291 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27292 class options list in the
27294 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27298 In this document the options
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27310 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27316 \begin_layout Standard
27317 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27318 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27323 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27326 \begin_layout Description
27336 \begin_layout Description
27339 nomrefpage Like the
27346 \begin_layout Description
27349 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27358 \begin_layout Description
27362 \begin_inset space ~
27368 \begin_inset space ~
27373 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27376 \begin_layout Subsection
27377 Printing the Nomenclature
27381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27382 Nomenclature ! Printing
27390 \begin_layout Standard
27391 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27395 \begin_inset space ~
27399 \begin_inset space ~
27402 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27406 A light blue box labeled
27407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27418 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27419 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27423 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27432 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27440 For example, in order to change the name to
27444 , add the following line to the preamble:
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27455 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27458 \begin_layout Standard
27459 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27465 \begin_layout Standard
27466 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27467 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27478 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27481 \begin_layout Standard
27484 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27485 \begin_inset space ~
27489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27491 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27496 The default value is 1
27497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27503 \begin_layout Section
27508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27519 Document ! Branches
27525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27527 name "sec:Branches"
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27535 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27536 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27537 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27538 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27541 \begin_layout Standard
27542 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27543 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27544 To create a branch, go in the
27546 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27554 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27555 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27559 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27560 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27565 where you can choose a branch.
27566 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27569 \begin_layout Standard
27570 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27571 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27575 \begin_inset Branch Question
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27579 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27588 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27591 \begin_layout Standard
27592 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27601 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27608 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27609 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27611 For example you can define for the question branch
27615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27616 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27617 \begin_inset space ~
27621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27623 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27656 and for the answer branch
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27680 \begin_inset Branch Question
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27716 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27751 \begin_layout Standard
27752 Now it is possible to use the commands
27756 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27763 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27766 to obtain conditional output.
27767 Here is an example formula where only the
27774 \begin_inset Formula \[
27775 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27783 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27784 \begin_inset space ~
27788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27790 reference "sec:math-macros"
27797 \begin_layout Section
27798 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27801 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27808 \begin_layout Subsection
27813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27822 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27829 \begin_layout Standard
27830 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27831 constructs, but not all.
27832 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27833 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27834 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27835 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27836 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27840 \begin_layout Standard
27841 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27843 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27847 \begin_inset space ~
27852 or by the toolbar button
27853 \begin_inset Graphics
27854 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27859 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27863 \begin_layout Standard
27864 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27865 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27866 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27873 , you can write the command part
27879 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27883 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27884 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27885 the following example:
27888 \begin_layout Standard
27889 \begin_inset Graphics
27890 filename clipart/ERT.png
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27903 This is a line with a
27907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27939 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27940 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27948 \begin_layout Subsection
27949 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27950 \begin_inset OptArg
27953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27972 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27980 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27981 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27982 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27991 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27992 every time if you know the right commands.
27994 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27995 the end of the day.
27996 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27997 all caption labels bold.
27998 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28000 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28004 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28005 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28006 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28008 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28017 \begin_layout Standard
28018 As result you know that the package
28026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28027 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
28033 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28035 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28041 \begin_layout Standard
28046 usepackage[options]{package name}
28049 \begin_layout Standard
28050 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28051 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28052 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28055 \begin_layout Standard
28056 In your case the package name is
28061 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28066 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28067 So you add the command
28070 \begin_layout Standard
28075 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28078 \begin_layout Standard
28079 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28084 For more commands provided by the
28088 package, have a look at its documentation,
28089 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28103 \begin_layout Standard
28104 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28106 For example if you use a
28110 class, you don't need the package
28114 , you can instead write
28117 \begin_layout Standard
28122 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28127 \begin_layout Standard
28128 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28129 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28130 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28137 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28140 \begin_layout Standard
28141 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28142 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28144 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28145 the previous section.
28148 \begin_layout Standard
28149 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28151 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28153 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28161 \begin_layout Section
28162 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28175 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28193 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28194 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28195 to break your train of thought with
28197 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28203 \begin_layout Standard
28204 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28205 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28214 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28219 as explained below, and turn on
28222 \begin_inset space ~
28229 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28235 \begin_inset space ~
28239 \begin_inset space ~
28242 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28249 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28251 Previews of an already loaded document are
28255 generated just by selecting the
28258 \begin_inset space ~
28263 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28266 \begin_layout Standard
28267 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28268 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28271 \begin_inset space ~
28276 check box in the insert dialog.
28277 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28281 \begin_layout Standard
28282 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28286 (on some systems named simply
28291 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28293 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28299 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28300 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28308 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28312 \begin_layout Standard
28313 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28319 \begin_layout Standard
28320 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28324 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28326 \begin_inset space ~
28331 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28332 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28334 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28335 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28336 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28337 the source view window.
28340 \begin_layout Section
28342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28344 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28361 \begin_layout Standard
28362 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28363 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28380 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28386 can be seen as successor of
28390 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28395 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28396 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28404 \begin_layout Standard
28405 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28406 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28413 \begin_layout Standard
28416 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28419 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28420 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28421 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28422 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28423 scrolled so that it is visible.
28428 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28430 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28434 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28435 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28438 \begin_layout Standard
28439 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28446 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28447 will bring an error message.
28448 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28449 specifying a different
28451 Alternative language
28453 in preferences dialog.
28456 \begin_layout Standard
28457 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28460 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28464 \begin_layout Standard
28465 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28466 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28468 But you can use the
28471 \begin_inset space ~
28475 \begin_inset space ~
28483 \begin_layout Standard
28484 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28485 This does work with
28489 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28492 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28501 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28504 \begin_layout Description
28506 \begin_inset space ~
28509 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28510 should consider, e.g.
28511 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28512 This should not normally be needed.
28515 \begin_layout Description
28517 \begin_inset space ~
28520 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28521 as your personal dictionary
28524 \begin_layout Description
28526 \begin_inset space ~
28530 \begin_inset space ~
28533 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28545 \begin_layout Description
28547 \begin_inset space ~
28551 \begin_inset space ~
28554 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28556 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28563 also for the spellchecker.
28567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28568 The encodings are explained in section
28569 \begin_inset space ~
28573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28575 reference "sub:Settings"
28584 Only enable this if you use
28588 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28589 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28590 so this is disabled by default.
28593 \begin_layout Section
28598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28607 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28614 \begin_layout Standard
28615 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28619 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28622 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28625 or the toolbar button
28626 \begin_inset Graphics
28627 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28628 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28629 rotateOrigin center
28634 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28638 \begin_layout Standard
28639 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28640 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28641 cases to find related words.
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28645 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28647 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28655 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28664 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28683 \begin_layout Section
28688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28699 Document ! Change Tracking
28705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28707 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28714 \begin_layout Standard
28715 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28716 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28717 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28718 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28720 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28722 \begin_inset space ~
28725 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28727 \begin_inset space ~
28735 \begin_layout Standard
28736 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28745 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28748 \begin_inset space ~
28752 \begin_inset space ~
28765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28775 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28788 \begin_layout Standard
28789 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28795 \begin_layout Standard
28796 \begin_inset Graphics
28797 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28804 \begin_layout Standard
28805 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28811 \begin_layout Standard
28812 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28816 \begin_layout Standard
28817 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28823 \begin_layout Standard
28824 \begin_inset Tabular
28825 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28826 <features islongtable="true">
28827 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28828 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28834 \begin_inset Graphics
28835 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28837 rotateOrigin center
28846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28854 \begin_inset space ~
28857 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28859 \begin_inset space ~
28868 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28873 \begin_inset Graphics
28874 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28875 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28876 rotateOrigin center
28885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28891 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28893 \begin_inset space ~
28896 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28898 \begin_inset space ~
28902 \begin_inset space ~
28906 \begin_inset space ~
28915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28920 \begin_inset Graphics
28921 filename ../images/change-next.png
28922 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28923 rotateOrigin center
28932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28936 Jumps to the next change
28942 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28947 \begin_inset Graphics
28948 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28949 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28950 rotateOrigin center
28959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28967 \begin_inset space ~
28970 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28972 \begin_inset space ~
28981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28986 \begin_inset Graphics
28987 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28988 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28989 rotateOrigin center
28998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29004 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29006 \begin_inset space ~
29009 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29011 \begin_inset space ~
29020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29025 \begin_inset Graphics
29026 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29027 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29028 rotateOrigin center
29037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29043 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29045 \begin_inset space ~
29048 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29050 \begin_inset space ~
29059 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29064 \begin_inset Graphics
29065 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29066 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29067 rotateOrigin center
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29082 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29084 \begin_inset space ~
29087 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29089 \begin_inset space ~
29093 \begin_inset space ~
29102 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29107 \begin_inset Graphics
29108 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29109 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29110 rotateOrigin center
29119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29127 \begin_inset space ~
29130 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29132 \begin_inset space ~
29136 \begin_inset space ~
29145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29150 \begin_inset Graphics
29151 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29152 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29153 rotateOrigin center
29162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29169 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29171 \begin_inset space ~
29180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29185 \begin_inset Graphics
29186 filename ../images/note-next.png
29187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29188 rotateOrigin center
29197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29203 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29205 \begin_inset space ~
29221 \begin_layout Standard
29222 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29228 \begin_layout Standard
29229 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29230 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29231 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29232 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29233 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29234 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29235 step to the next change.
29236 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29239 \begin_layout Standard
29240 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29241 to describe a change.
29244 \begin_layout Standard
29245 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29254 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29260 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29261 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29267 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29270 \begin_layout Section
29271 International Support
29275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29276 International support
29284 \begin_layout Standard
29285 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29286 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29287 how to set up LyX to use them:
29288 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29290 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29297 \begin_layout Standard
29298 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29299 \begin_inset space ~
29303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29305 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29312 \begin_layout Subsection
29317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29328 Document ! Settings
29337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29338 Document ! Language
29346 \begin_layout Standard
29349 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29352 dialog lets you set
29354 the language and character encoding for your language.
29358 \begin_layout Standard
29359 Choose your language in the
29363 section of this dialog.
29371 \begin_layout Standard
29376 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29380 use language's default encoding
29382 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29383 For details about the different encoding options see section
29384 \begin_inset space ~
29388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29390 reference "sub:Settings"
29397 \begin_layout Subsection
29398 Keyboard mapping configuration
29399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29401 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29408 \begin_layout Standard
29409 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29410 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29411 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29412 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29413 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29415 \begin_inset space ~
29419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29421 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29426 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29427 which one you want to use.
29430 \begin_layout Standard
29431 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29432 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29433 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29434 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29435 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29436 one to support the characters you want.
29437 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29444 \begin_layout Subsection
29446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29455 \begin_layout Standard
29457 \begin_inset space ~
29461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29463 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29472 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29476 \begin_layout Standard
29477 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29478 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29486 \begin_layout Itemize
29487 Even if you have selected
29493 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29496 dialog, users who have only the
29500 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29504 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29505 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29506 french quotes won't show up.
29509 \begin_layout Standard
29510 \begin_inset Float table
29515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29516 \begin_inset Caption
29518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29521 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29539 \begin_inset Tabular
29540 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33971 \begin_layout Standard
33972 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33974 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33975 also the characters from
33987 \begin_layout Itemize
33996 \begin_layout Standard
33997 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33998 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34004 \begin_layout Standard
34005 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34006 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34012 \begin_layout Standard
34013 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34014 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34020 \begin_layout Standard
34021 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34022 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34028 \begin_layout Standard
34030 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34036 \begin_layout Standard
34038 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34044 \begin_layout Standard
34046 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34053 \begin_layout Itemize
34066 \begin_layout Standard
34068 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34074 \begin_layout Standard
34076 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34082 \begin_layout Standard
34084 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34090 \begin_layout Standard
34092 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34098 \begin_layout Standard
34100 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34106 \begin_layout Standard
34108 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34115 \begin_layout Standard
34116 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34117 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34118 Also make sure you're using the
34125 \begin_layout Chapter
34128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34130 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34137 \begin_layout Standard
34138 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34139 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34140 inside the user's guide.
34143 \begin_layout Section
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34157 \begin_layout Standard
34162 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34163 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34166 \begin_layout Subsection
34170 \begin_layout Standard
34171 Creates a new document.
34174 \begin_layout Subsection
34178 \begin_layout Standard
34179 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34180 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34181 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34184 \begin_layout Subsection
34188 \begin_layout Standard
34192 \begin_layout Subsection
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34197 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34198 Click there on a file to open it.
34201 \begin_layout Subsection
34205 \begin_layout Standard
34206 Closes the current document.
34209 \begin_layout Subsection
34213 \begin_layout Standard
34214 Saves the actual document.
34217 \begin_layout Subsection
34221 \begin_layout Standard
34222 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34225 \begin_layout Subsection
34229 \begin_layout Standard
34230 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34233 \begin_layout Subsection
34237 \begin_layout Standard
34238 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34239 It is described in the section
34241 Version Control in LyX
34246 \begin_inset space ~
34254 \begin_layout Subsection
34258 \begin_layout Standard
34259 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34260 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34261 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34264 \begin_layout Standard
34265 When using the menu
34268 \begin_inset space ~
34272 \begin_inset space ~
34277 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34278 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34279 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34280 will start a new paragraph.
34283 \begin_layout Subsection
34285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34294 \begin_layout Standard
34295 You can export your document to various file formats.
34296 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34297 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34298 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34301 \begin_layout Standard
34302 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34304 \begin_inset space ~
34308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34310 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34317 \begin_layout Description
34321 \begin_inset space ~
34326 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34327 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34330 \begin_layout Description
34338 \begin_layout Description
34339 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34343 \begin_layout Description
34345 \begin_inset space ~
34349 \begin_inset space ~
34352 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34356 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34364 \begin_layout Description
34371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 \begin_inset space ~
34384 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34385 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34389 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34392 \begin_layout Description
34399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34407 \begin_inset space ~
34412 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34413 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34421 \begin_layout Description
34423 \begin_inset space ~
34426 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34434 is replaced by the version number)
34437 \begin_layout Description
34438 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34451 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34455 \begin_layout Description
34460 PDF-format using the program
34465 \begin_layout Description
34469 \begin_inset space ~
34474 PDF-format using the program
34479 \begin_layout Description
34483 \begin_inset space ~
34488 PDF-format using the program
34493 \begin_layout Description
34497 \begin_inset space ~
34505 \begin_layout Description
34509 \begin_inset space ~
34513 \begin_inset space ~
34518 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34519 and then exported as text using the program
34524 \begin_layout Description
34529 PostScript format using the program
34534 \begin_layout Description
34542 \begin_layout Standard
34547 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34548 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34554 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34557 \begin_layout Standard
34558 If one of the menu entries
34565 \begin_inset space ~
34574 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34575 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34576 \begin_inset space ~
34580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34582 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34591 Reconfiguration of LyX
34599 \begin_layout Standard
34604 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34605 the export program.
34608 \begin_layout Subsection
34612 \begin_layout Standard
34613 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34614 or send it to a printer.
34615 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34616 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34622 For more informations have a look at section
34623 \begin_inset space ~
34627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34629 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34636 \begin_layout Subsection
34637 New and Close Window
34640 \begin_layout Standard
34641 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34642 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34645 \begin_layout Section
34650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34659 \begin_layout Subsection
34663 \begin_layout Standard
34664 Described in section
34665 \begin_inset space ~
34669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34671 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34678 \begin_layout Subsection
34679 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34682 \begin_layout Standard
34683 Described in section
34684 \begin_inset space ~
34688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34690 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34697 \begin_layout Subsection
34701 \begin_layout Standard
34702 Selects the whole document.
34705 \begin_layout Subsection
34709 \begin_layout Standard
34710 Described in section
34711 \begin_inset space ~
34715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34717 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34724 \begin_layout Subsection
34725 Move paragraph Up/Down
34728 \begin_layout Standard
34729 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34733 \begin_layout Subsection
34737 \begin_layout Standard
34738 Described in section
34739 \begin_inset space ~
34743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34745 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34752 \begin_layout Subsection
34757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34758 Paragraph ! Settings
34766 \begin_layout Standard
34767 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34769 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34772 \begin_layout Standard
34773 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34774 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34777 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34783 \begin_inset space ~
34791 \begin_layout Subsection
34795 \begin_layout Standard
34796 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34797 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34798 The properties of tables are described in section
34799 \begin_inset space ~
34803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34805 reference "sec:Tables"
34809 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34810 \begin_inset space ~
34814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34816 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34823 \begin_layout Subsection
34824 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34827 \begin_layout Standard
34828 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34830 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34831 \begin_inset space ~
34835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34837 reference "sec:Nesting"
34842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34844 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34851 \begin_layout Section
34856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34865 \begin_layout Standard
34870 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34871 document with an external program.
34872 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34873 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34874 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34875 \begin_inset space ~
34879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34881 reference "sub:Export"
34886 You should at least see the menu entries
34893 \begin_inset space ~
34899 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34900 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34901 \begin_inset space ~
34905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34907 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34916 Reconfiguration of LyX
34924 \begin_layout Standard
34925 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34926 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34927 \begin_inset space ~
34931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34933 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34938 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34941 \begin_layout Standard
34942 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34945 At the bottom of the
34949 menu the opened documents are listed.
34952 \begin_layout Subsection
34956 \begin_layout Standard
34957 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34959 \begin_inset space ~
34963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34965 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34972 \begin_layout Subsection
34976 \begin_layout Standard
34977 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34978 opening a new view window.
34981 \begin_layout Subsection
34983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34985 name "sub:Toolbars"
34993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35002 \begin_layout Standard
35003 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35004 All toolbars and the
35007 \begin_inset space ~
35012 can be turned on and off.
35017 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35029 \begin_inset space ~
35038 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35042 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35049 \begin_layout Standard
35054 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35058 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35059 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35060 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35061 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35062 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35065 \begin_layout Standard
35066 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35067 \begin_inset space ~
35071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35073 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35080 \begin_layout Section
35085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35094 \begin_layout Subsection
35098 \begin_layout Standard
35099 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35100 \begin_inset space ~
35104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35106 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35113 \begin_layout Subsection
35115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35117 name "sub:Special-Character"
35124 \begin_layout Standard
35125 Here you can insert the following characters:
35128 \begin_layout Description
35129 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35133 \begin_layout Description
35135 \begin_inset space ~
35139 \begin_inset space ~
35142 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35143 \begin_inset space ~
35147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35149 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35156 \begin_layout Description
35158 \begin_inset space ~
35161 Quote Inserts this quote:
35162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35165 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35167 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35177 \begin_layout Description
35179 \begin_inset space ~
35182 Quote Inserts this quote:
35183 \begin_inset Quotes els
35189 \begin_layout Description
35191 \begin_inset space ~
35194 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35198 \begin_layout Description
35200 \begin_inset space ~
35207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35218 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35223 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35224 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35225 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35234 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35240 \begin_inset Newline newline
35243 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35247 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35255 and this Wiki-page:
35256 \begin_inset Newline newline
35260 \begin_inset Flex URL
35263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35265 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35273 \begin_layout Subsection
35277 \begin_layout Standard
35278 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35281 \begin_layout Description
35282 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35283 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35289 \begin_layout Description
35290 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35291 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35297 \begin_layout Description
35299 \begin_inset space ~
35302 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35303 \begin_inset space ~
35307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35309 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35316 \begin_layout Description
35318 \begin_inset space ~
35321 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35322 \begin_inset space ~
35326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35328 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35335 \begin_layout Description
35337 \begin_inset space ~
35340 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35341 \begin_inset space ~
35345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35347 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35354 \begin_layout Description
35356 \begin_inset space ~
35359 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35360 \begin_inset space ~
35364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35366 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35373 \begin_layout Description
35375 \begin_inset space ~
35378 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35379 \begin_inset space ~
35383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35385 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35392 \begin_layout Description
35394 \begin_inset space ~
35397 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35398 \begin_inset space ~
35402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35404 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35411 \begin_layout Description
35413 \begin_inset space ~
35416 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35417 \begin_inset space ~
35421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35423 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35430 \begin_layout Description
35432 \begin_inset space ~
35435 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35436 \begin_inset space ~
35440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35442 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35449 \begin_layout Description
35451 \begin_inset space ~
35454 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35461 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35468 \begin_layout Description
35470 \begin_inset space ~
35473 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35474 \begin_inset space ~
35478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35480 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35487 \begin_layout Description
35489 \begin_inset space ~
35492 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35499 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35506 \begin_layout Description
35508 \begin_inset space ~
35512 \begin_inset space ~
35515 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35516 \begin_inset space ~
35520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35522 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35529 \begin_layout Subsection
35533 \begin_layout Standard
35534 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35535 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35537 \begin_inset space ~
35541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35543 reference "sec:toc"
35548 The index list is described in section
35549 \begin_inset space ~
35553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35555 reference "sec:Index"
35559 , the nomenclature in section
35560 \begin_inset space ~
35564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35566 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35570 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35571 \begin_inset space ~
35575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35577 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35584 \begin_layout Subsection
35588 \begin_layout Standard
35589 To insert floats, described in section
35590 \begin_inset space ~
35594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35596 reference "sec:Floats"
35603 \begin_layout Subsection
35607 \begin_layout Standard
35608 To insert notes, described in section
35609 \begin_inset space ~
35613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35615 reference "sec:Notes"
35622 \begin_layout Subsection
35626 \begin_layout Standard
35627 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35628 \begin_inset space ~
35632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35634 reference "sec:Branches"
35641 \begin_layout Subsection
35646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35656 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35657 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35668 \begin_layout Subsection
35673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35682 \begin_layout Standard
35683 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35684 \begin_inset space ~
35688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35690 reference "sec:Minipages"
35695 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35706 \begin_layout Subsection
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35711 Inserts a citation as described in section
35712 \begin_inset space ~
35716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35718 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35725 \begin_layout Subsection
35729 \begin_layout Standard
35730 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35731 \begin_inset space ~
35735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35737 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35744 \begin_layout Subsection
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35749 Inserts a label as described in section
35750 \begin_inset space ~
35754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35756 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35763 \begin_layout Subsection
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35779 Longtables ! Caption
35787 \begin_layout Standard
35788 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35789 Floats are described in section
35790 \begin_inset space ~
35794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35796 reference "sec:Floats"
35800 , cations in longtables are described in section
35811 \begin_layout Subsection
35815 \begin_layout Standard
35816 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35817 \begin_inset space ~
35821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35823 reference "sec:Index"
35830 \begin_layout Subsection
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35836 \begin_inset space ~
35840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35842 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35849 \begin_layout Subsection
35853 \begin_layout Standard
35855 Tables are described in section
35856 \begin_inset space ~
35860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35862 reference "sec:Tables"
35869 \begin_layout Subsection
35873 \begin_layout Standard
35875 Graphics are described in section
35876 \begin_inset space ~
35880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35882 reference "sec:Graphics"
35889 \begin_layout Subsection
35893 \begin_layout Standard
35894 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35895 \begin_inset space ~
35899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35901 reference "sec:URL"
35908 \begin_layout Subsection
35912 \begin_layout Standard
35913 Inserts a footnote, see section
35914 \begin_inset space ~
35918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35920 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35927 \begin_layout Subsection
35931 \begin_layout Standard
35932 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35933 \begin_inset space ~
35937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35939 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35946 \begin_layout Subsection
35950 \begin_layout Standard
35951 Inserts a short title, see section
35952 \begin_inset space ~
35956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35958 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35965 \begin_layout Subsection
35969 \begin_layout Standard
35970 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35971 \begin_inset space ~
35975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35977 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35984 \begin_layout Subsection
35989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35998 \begin_layout Standard
35999 Inserts a program listings box.
36000 Program listings are explained in chapter
36002 Program Code Listings
36011 \begin_layout Subsection
36015 \begin_layout Standard
36016 Inserts the actual date.
36017 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
36019 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36029 There the different methods are also compared.
36032 \begin_layout Section
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36046 \begin_layout Standard
36047 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
36048 the current document.
36049 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36052 \begin_layout Standard
36053 The Navigate menu also offers to
36056 \begin_layout Subsection
36060 \begin_layout Standard
36061 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36062 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36065 \begin_inset space ~
36069 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36070 \begin_inset space ~
36073 2.5 and use the menu
36076 \begin_inset space ~
36080 \begin_inset space ~
36087 \begin_inset space ~
36093 \begin_inset space ~
36097 \begin_inset space ~
36103 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36115 \begin_layout Standard
36116 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36117 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36120 \begin_layout Subsection
36121 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36124 \begin_layout Standard
36125 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36129 \begin_layout Subsection
36133 \begin_layout Standard
36134 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36135 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36136 on a cross-reference box.
36139 \begin_layout Section
36144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36153 \begin_layout Subsection
36157 \begin_layout Standard
36158 Change Tracking is described in section
36159 \begin_inset space ~
36163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36165 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36172 \begin_layout Subsection
36177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36187 \begin_layout Standard
36188 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36190 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36193 \begin_layout Standard
36194 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36199 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36202 \begin_layout Subsection
36206 \begin_layout Standard
36207 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36208 \begin_inset space ~
36212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36214 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36221 \begin_layout Subsection
36222 Start Appendix Here
36225 \begin_layout Standard
36226 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36227 position as described in section
36228 \begin_inset space ~
36232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36234 reference "sec:Appendices"
36241 \begin_layout Subsection
36245 \begin_layout Standard
36246 Un/compresses the actual document.
36249 \begin_layout Subsection
36251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36253 name "sub:Settings"
36261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36262 Document ! Settings
36270 \begin_layout Standard
36271 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36273 You can save your document settings as default with the
36275 Save as Document Defaults
36277 button in the dialog.
36278 This will create a template named
36282 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36286 \begin_layout Standard
36287 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36290 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36294 \begin_layout Standard
36295 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36296 Document classes are described in section
36297 \begin_inset space ~
36301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36303 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36308 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36313 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36314 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36317 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36321 \begin_layout Standard
36322 The document font settings are described in section
36323 \begin_inset space ~
36327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36329 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36336 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36340 \begin_layout Standard
36341 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36343 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36347 \begin_layout Standard
36348 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36349 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36350 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36353 \begin_layout Standard
36354 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36362 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36366 \begin_layout Standard
36367 A description of this menu is given in section
36368 \begin_inset space ~
36372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36374 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36381 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36388 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36392 \begin_layout Standard
36393 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36394 \begin_inset space ~
36398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36400 reference "sub:Margins"
36407 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36413 Language ! Encoding
36421 \begin_layout Standard
36422 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36423 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36424 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36425 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36426 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36427 known for a particular character).
36431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36432 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36433 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36438 manual for details.
36446 \begin_layout Standard
36447 If you use the option
36449 use language's default encoding
36451 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36453 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36454 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36455 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36456 exactly one encoding.
36457 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36466 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36467 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36469 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36470 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36484 \begin_layout Standard
36485 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36486 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36487 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36488 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36489 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36490 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36493 use language's default encoding
36495 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36496 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36497 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36500 \begin_layout Standard
36501 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36504 \begin_layout Description
36506 \begin_inset space ~
36511 use language's default encoding
36513 , but the LaTeX-package
36521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36522 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36528 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36529 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36530 languages in TeX code.
36533 \begin_layout Description
36534 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36537 \begin_layout Description
36538 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36539 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36542 \begin_layout Description
36543 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36546 \begin_layout Description
36547 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36550 \begin_layout Description
36551 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36554 \begin_layout Description
36555 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36558 \begin_layout Description
36559 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36562 \begin_layout Description
36563 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36564 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36567 \begin_layout Description
36568 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36569 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36572 \begin_layout Description
36573 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36576 \begin_layout Description
36577 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36580 \begin_layout Description
36581 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36584 \begin_layout Description
36585 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36588 \begin_layout Description
36589 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36590 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36591 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36595 \begin_layout Description
36596 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36597 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36600 \begin_layout Description
36601 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36605 \begin_layout Description
36606 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36609 \begin_layout Description
36610 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36611 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36614 \begin_layout Description
36615 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36616 the euro currency sign, the
36620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36629 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36630 be the replacement for latin1
36633 \begin_layout Description
36634 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36637 \begin_layout Description
36638 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36647 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36653 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36657 \begin_layout Description
36658 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36667 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36672 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36675 \begin_layout Description
36676 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36690 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36693 \begin_layout Description
36694 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36698 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36708 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36722 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36726 \begin_layout Standard
36727 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36729 \begin_inset space ~
36733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36735 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36742 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36746 \begin_layout Standard
36747 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36756 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36770 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36776 For a further description see section
36777 \begin_inset space ~
36781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36783 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36790 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36794 \begin_layout Standard
36795 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36804 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36818 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36823 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36826 \begin_layout Standard
36831 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36832 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36835 \begin_layout Standard
36840 is used for special integral characters.
36843 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36847 \begin_layout Standard
36848 The float placement options are described in section
36849 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36855 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36862 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36866 \begin_layout Standard
36867 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36868 The itemize environment is described in section
36869 \begin_inset space ~
36873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36875 reference "sec:Itemize"
36882 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36886 \begin_layout Standard
36887 Branches are described in section
36888 \begin_inset space ~
36892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36894 reference "sec:Branches"
36901 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36916 \begin_layout Standard
36917 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36918 to define LaTeX-commands.
36919 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36920 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36924 \begin_layout Standard
36925 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36926 \begin_inset space ~
36930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36932 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36939 \begin_layout Section
36944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36953 \begin_layout Subsection
36957 \begin_layout Standard
36958 Spell checking is explained in section
36959 \begin_inset space ~
36963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36965 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36972 \begin_layout Subsection
36976 \begin_layout Standard
36977 The thesaurus is described in section
36978 \begin_inset space ~
36982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36984 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36991 \begin_layout Subsection
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37005 \begin_layout Standard
37006 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
37010 \begin_layout Subsection
37015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37024 \begin_layout Standard
37025 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37028 \begin_layout Subsection
37033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37034 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37045 Reconfiguration of LyX
37049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37066 Reconfiguration of LyX
37074 \begin_layout Standard
37075 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37076 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37077 \begin_inset space ~
37081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37083 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37090 \begin_layout Subsection
37094 \begin_layout Standard
37095 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37102 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37109 \begin_layout Section
37114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37123 \begin_layout Standard
37124 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37128 \begin_layout Standard
37132 \begin_inset space ~
37137 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37138 found by LyX (see also section
37139 \begin_inset space ~
37143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37145 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37152 \begin_layout Section
37154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37156 name "sec:Toolbars"
37163 \begin_layout Standard
37164 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37165 \begin_inset space ~
37169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37171 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37178 \begin_layout Standard
37179 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37180 This is described in the
37187 \begin_layout Subsection
37192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37201 \begin_layout Standard
37202 \begin_inset Graphics
37203 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37211 \begin_layout Standard
37212 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37218 \begin_layout Standard
37219 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 \begin_inset Note Note
37239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37240 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37245 manual for more information.
37253 \begin_layout Standard
37254 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37260 \begin_layout Standard
37261 \begin_inset Tabular
37262 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37263 <features islongtable="true">
37264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37265 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37271 \begin_inset Graphics
37272 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37286 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37299 \begin_layout Standard
37300 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37306 \begin_layout Standard
37308 \begin_inset Tabular
37309 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37310 <features islongtable="true">
37311 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37312 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37320 \begin_inset Graphics
37321 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37337 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 \begin_inset Graphics
37350 filename ../images/file-open.png
37351 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37366 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37378 \begin_inset Graphics
37379 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37380 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37395 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37407 \begin_inset Graphics
37408 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37409 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37424 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37431 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 \begin_inset Graphics
37437 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37438 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37453 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37465 \begin_inset Graphics
37466 filename ../images/undo.png
37467 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37482 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37489 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37494 \begin_inset Graphics
37495 filename ../images/redo.png
37496 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37511 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 \begin_inset Graphics
37524 filename ../images/cut.png
37525 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37540 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37552 \begin_inset Graphics
37553 filename ../images/copy.png
37554 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37569 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37576 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37581 \begin_inset Graphics
37582 filename ../images/paste.png
37583 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37598 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37610 \begin_inset Graphics
37611 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37613 rotateOrigin center
37622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37628 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37648 \begin_inset Graphics
37649 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37663 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37665 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37667 \begin_inset space ~
37678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37683 \begin_inset Graphics
37684 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37698 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37700 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37702 \begin_inset space ~
37713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37718 \begin_inset Graphics
37719 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37720 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37733 Formats text using the current settings in the
37735 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37737 \begin_inset space ~
37748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37753 \begin_inset Graphics
37754 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37755 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37771 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37773 \begin_inset space ~
37782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37787 \begin_inset Graphics
37788 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37790 rotateOrigin center
37799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37817 \begin_inset Graphics
37818 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37819 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37820 rotateOrigin center
37829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37847 \begin_inset Graphics
37848 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37849 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37850 rotateOrigin center
37859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37863 Toggle outline window on/off,
37865 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37877 \begin_inset Graphics
37878 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37880 rotateOrigin center
37889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37893 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37904 \begin_inset Graphics
37905 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37906 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37907 rotateOrigin center
37916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37920 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37933 \begin_layout Subsection
37938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37947 \begin_layout Standard
37948 \begin_inset Graphics
37949 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37957 \begin_layout Standard
37958 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37964 \begin_layout Standard
37965 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37969 \begin_layout Standard
37970 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37976 \begin_layout Standard
37977 \begin_inset Tabular
37978 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37979 <features islongtable="true">
37980 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37981 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37987 \begin_inset Graphics
37988 filename ../images/layout.png
37989 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37990 rotateOrigin center
37999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38014 \begin_inset Graphics
38015 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38016 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38017 rotateOrigin center
38026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38041 \begin_inset Graphics
38042 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38043 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38044 rotateOrigin center
38053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 \begin_inset Graphics
38069 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38070 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38071 rotateOrigin center
38080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38095 \begin_inset Graphics
38096 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38098 rotateOrigin center
38107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38122 \begin_inset Graphics
38123 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38124 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38125 rotateOrigin center
38134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38140 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38142 \begin_inset space ~
38146 \begin_inset space ~
38155 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38160 \begin_inset Graphics
38161 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38162 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38163 rotateOrigin center
38172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38178 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38180 \begin_inset space ~
38184 \begin_inset space ~
38193 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38198 \begin_inset Graphics
38199 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38200 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38216 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38228 \begin_inset Graphics
38229 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38246 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38258 \begin_inset Graphics
38259 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 \begin_inset Graphics
38288 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38289 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38316 \begin_inset Graphics
38317 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38340 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 \begin_inset Graphics
38346 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38347 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38364 \begin_inset space ~
38373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38378 \begin_inset Graphics
38379 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38380 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38397 \begin_inset space ~
38406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38411 \begin_inset Graphics
38412 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38440 \begin_inset Graphics
38441 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38442 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38443 rotateOrigin center
38452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38460 \begin_inset space ~
38469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38474 \begin_inset Graphics
38475 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38492 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38494 \begin_inset space ~
38503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38508 \begin_inset Graphics
38509 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38510 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38537 \begin_inset Graphics
38538 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38566 \begin_inset Graphics
38567 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38610 \begin_inset Graphics
38611 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38628 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38630 \begin_inset space ~
38639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38644 \begin_inset Graphics
38645 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38646 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38647 rotateOrigin center
38656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38662 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38664 \begin_inset space ~
38673 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38678 \begin_inset Graphics
38679 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38680 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38681 rotateOrigin center
38690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38696 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38698 \begin_inset space ~
38707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38712 \begin_inset Graphics
38713 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38714 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38715 rotateOrigin center
38724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38730 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38744 \begin_layout Subsection
38745 View / Update Toolbar
38749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38750 Toolbar ! View / Update
38758 \begin_layout Standard
38759 \begin_inset Graphics
38760 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38767 \begin_layout Standard
38768 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38774 \begin_layout Standard
38775 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38779 \begin_layout Standard
38780 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38786 \begin_layout Standard
38787 \begin_inset Tabular
38788 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38789 <features islongtable="true">
38790 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38791 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38797 \begin_inset Graphics
38798 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38799 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38800 rotateOrigin center
38809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38815 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38827 \begin_inset Graphics
38828 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38829 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38830 rotateOrigin center
38839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38845 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38846 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38858 \begin_inset Graphics
38859 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38860 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38861 rotateOrigin center
38870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38876 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38883 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38888 \begin_inset Graphics
38889 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38890 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38891 rotateOrigin center
38900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38906 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38907 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38913 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38914 functionality is merged with
38916 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38936 \begin_inset Graphics
38937 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38939 rotateOrigin center
38948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38954 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38966 \begin_inset Graphics
38967 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38968 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38969 rotateOrigin center
38978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38984 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38985 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38999 \begin_layout Subsection
39003 \begin_layout Standard
39004 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39005 \begin_inset space ~
39009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39011 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39015 , the table toolbar
39019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39025 is explained in the
39032 \begin_layout Chapter
39038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39040 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39057 \begin_layout Standard
39058 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39060 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39063 \begin_layout Section
39067 \begin_layout Subsection
39069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39080 Customization ! of toolbars
39089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39090 Customization ! of menus
39098 \begin_layout Standard
39099 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39107 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39116 User Interface File
39120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39121 Customization ! of toolbars
39130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39131 Customization ! of menus
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39140 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39141 interface (ui) file.
39142 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39143 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39152 Both files are loaded by the
39157 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39158 files and edit the entries.
39161 \begin_layout Standard
39162 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39174 entries must be ended with an explicit
39199 and in the case of the
39200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39212 The syntax for the entries is:
39215 \begin_layout Standard
39216 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39244 \begin_layout Standard
39246 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39249 All LyX-functions are listed in
39250 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39259 \begin_layout Standard
39260 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39266 \begin_layout Standard
39267 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39269 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39272 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39276 \begin_layout Standard
39277 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39282 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39285 \begin_layout Standard
39287 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39290 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39307 \begin_layout Standard
39308 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39309 Several binding files are available:
39312 \begin_layout Description
39313 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39316 \begin_layout Description
39317 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39328 \begin_layout Description
39329 mac.bind set of bindings for
39332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39340 \begin_layout Standard
39341 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39345 , and bind files for special languages.
39346 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39356 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39360 \begin_layout Standard
39361 Some bind-files, like
39365 , have only a small scope.
39366 When looking at the the end of the file
39370 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39373 \begin_layout Standard
39374 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39375 s with a text editor.
39376 The syntax of the entries is:
39379 \begin_layout Standard
39385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39403 \begin_layout Standard
39404 All LyX-functions are listed in
39405 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39414 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39418 \begin_layout Standard
39422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39429 restore window size, or use fixed size
39431 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39435 \begin_layout Standard
39439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39446 restore window position
39448 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39451 \begin_layout Standard
39454 Restore cursor positions
39456 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39460 \begin_layout Standard
39463 Load opened files from last session
39465 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39472 name "sub:Backup documents"
39480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39489 \begin_layout Standard
39494 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39497 \begin_layout Standard
39502 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39505 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39507 \begin_inset space ~
39515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39519 \begin_layout Standard
39522 Cursor follows scrollbar
39524 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39532 \begin_layout Standard
39535 Enable Pixmap Cache
39537 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39538 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39539 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39540 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39542 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39543 \begin_inset space ~
39549 \begin_layout Subsection
39554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39563 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39570 \begin_layout Standard
39571 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39574 \begin_layout Standard
39575 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39583 This section only deals with the fonts
39588 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39591 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39592 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39603 \begin_layout Standard
39604 By default, LyX uses
39608 as roman (serif) font,
39616 (depends on the system) as
39619 \begin_inset space ~
39635 \begin_layout Standard
39636 You can change the font size with the
39643 \begin_layout Standard
39648 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39649 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39654 points have the size of 1
39655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39659 \begin_inset space ~
39663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39665 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39672 \begin_layout Standard
39677 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39678 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39682 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39683 \begin_inset space ~
39687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39689 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39696 \begin_layout Subsection
39701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39720 \begin_layout Standard
39721 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39722 Choose an item in the list and use the
39729 \begin_layout Subsection
39734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39735 Settings ! Graphics
39743 \begin_layout Standard
39744 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39747 \begin_layout Standard
39752 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39753 This feature is described in section
39754 \begin_inset space ~
39758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39760 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39767 \begin_layout Subsection
39772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39783 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39791 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39798 \begin_layout Standard
39799 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39800 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39806 \begin_inset space ~
39809 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39810 can use the keyboard map file named
39817 \begin_layout Standard
39818 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39826 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39834 \begin_layout Section
39839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39850 Settings ! Directory
39858 \begin_layout Description
39860 \begin_inset space ~
39863 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39864 It is the default when you
39875 \begin_inset space ~
39883 \begin_layout Description
39885 \begin_inset space ~
39888 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39890 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39892 \begin_inset space ~
39896 \begin_inset space ~
39904 \begin_layout Description
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39919 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39920 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39927 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39935 will be used to save the backups.
39936 \begin_inset Newline newline
39939 The backup files have the ending
39940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39950 \begin_layout Description
39955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39962 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39963 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39964 \begin_inset Newline newline
39968 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39976 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39984 \begin_layout Description
39986 \begin_inset space ~
39989 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39992 \begin_layout Description
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39997 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39998 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39999 to find it on the system.
40000 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40001 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40010 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40011 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40015 \begin_layout Section
40019 \begin_layout Standard
40020 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40021 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40029 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40033 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40036 \begin_layout Section
40041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40042 Language ! Settings
40051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40052 Settings ! Language
40060 \begin_layout Subsection
40064 \begin_layout Description
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40069 language is the language used in new documents
40072 \begin_layout Description
40074 \begin_inset space ~
40077 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40079 The default is the LaTeX-command
40085 that loads the package
40093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40094 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40095 \begin_inset space ~
40099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40101 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40111 \begin_inset Newline newline
40118 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40119 the document language.
40120 A text label is for instance the word
40121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40128 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40131 \begin_layout Description
40133 \begin_inset space ~
40136 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40137 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40138 An example is the start command
40144 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40149 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40164 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40169 \begin_layout Description
40171 \begin_inset space ~
40179 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40180 command toggles the package on and off.
40183 \begin_layout Description
40185 \begin_inset space ~
40195 \begin_layout Description
40196 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40197 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40198 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40199 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40206 \begin_layout Description
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40211 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40213 When this option is not set, the
40216 \begin_inset space ~
40221 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40222 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40233 \begin_layout Description
40235 \begin_inset space ~
40241 \begin_inset space ~
40247 When it is not set, the
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40255 is set to the end of the document.
40258 \begin_layout Description
40260 \begin_inset space ~
40264 \begin_inset space ~
40267 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40268 language will be underlined blue.
40271 \begin_layout Description
40273 \begin_inset space ~
40277 \begin_inset space ~
40281 \begin_inset space ~
40285 \begin_inset space ~
40288 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40292 \begin_layout Subsection
40296 \begin_layout Standard
40297 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40298 \begin_inset space ~
40302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40304 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40311 \begin_layout Section
40315 \begin_layout Subsection
40317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40346 \begin_layout Description
40348 \begin_inset space ~
40351 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40352 The name will be used when the
40357 \begin_inset Newline newline
40361 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40369 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40378 \begin_layout Description
40380 \begin_inset space ~
40384 \begin_inset space ~
40388 \begin_inset space ~
40391 printer This option works only for the
40396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40408 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40409 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40412 \begin_layout Description
40414 \begin_inset space ~
40417 command is the command LyX
40418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40425 LaTeX uses for printing.
40426 The default is on most systems
40433 \begin_layout Description
40435 \begin_inset space ~
40439 \begin_inset space ~
40442 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40443 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40444 of the program that provides the
40451 \begin_layout Subsection
40456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40467 Settings ! Date format
40475 \begin_layout Standard
40476 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40477 \begin_inset Newline newline
40481 \begin_inset Flex URL
40484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40486 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40492 \begin_inset Newline newline
40495 For example the format
40496 \begin_inset Newline newline
40500 \begin_inset Newline newline
40503 prints the date as day/month/year.
40506 \begin_layout Subsection
40510 \begin_layout Description
40512 \begin_inset space ~
40516 \begin_inset space ~
40519 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40522 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40523 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40525 \begin_inset space ~
40531 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40535 \begin_layout Description
40537 \begin_inset space ~
40540 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40545 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40546 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40549 \begin_layout Subsection
40554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40564 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40573 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40581 \begin_layout Description
40586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40594 \begin_inset space ~
40597 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40602 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40624 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40637 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40638 LyX sets up in the background.
40639 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40642 \begin_layout Description
40644 \begin_inset space ~
40648 \begin_inset space ~
40651 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40656 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40659 \begin_layout Description
40661 \begin_inset space ~
40665 \begin_inset space ~
40669 \begin_inset space ~
40673 \begin_inset space ~
40677 \begin_inset space ~
40681 \begin_inset space ~
40684 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40689 dialog when changing the document class.
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40695 External Applications
40697 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40698 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40699 manuals of the applications.
40700 Currently the following commands can be set:
40703 \begin_layout Description
40708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40716 \begin_inset space ~
40719 command Command for the program
40723 that is described in section
40734 \begin_layout Description
40739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40747 \begin_inset space ~
40750 command Command for the program
40754 that generates the bibliography, see section
40755 \begin_inset space ~
40759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40761 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40768 \begin_layout Description
40770 \begin_inset space ~
40773 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40774 \begin_inset space ~
40778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40780 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40787 \begin_layout Description
40789 \begin_inset space ~
40793 \begin_inset space ~
40797 \begin_inset space ~
40801 \begin_inset space ~
40804 options They only have an effect when the program
40808 is used as DVI-viewer.
40811 \begin_layout Subsection
40816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40835 \begin_layout Standard
40840 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40843 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40845 uses the Windows path style:
40848 \begin_layout Standard
40856 \begin_layout Standard
40857 instead of the Unix path style:
40860 \begin_layout Standard
40864 \begin_layout Section
40869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40878 \begin_layout Standard
40879 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40880 from one format to another.
40881 You can modify them or create new ones.
40882 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40889 \begin_inset space ~
40899 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40903 \begin_inset space ~
40908 drop-down list, modify the
40912 field, and press the
40919 \begin_layout Standard
40922 Converter File Cache
40924 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40927 Maximum Age (in days
40930 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40931 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40934 \begin_layout Standard
40935 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40936 the converter definition, is described in section
40947 \begin_layout Section
40952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40961 name "sec:File-Formats"
40968 \begin_layout Standard
40969 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40970 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40972 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40980 \begin_inset space ~
40992 \begin_layout Standard
40993 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40994 is described in section
41005 \begin_layout Section
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41019 \begin_layout Standard
41020 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41021 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41022 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41023 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41024 This is done by a Copier.
41027 \begin_layout Standard
41028 More about converters is described in section
41039 \begin_layout Chapter
41040 Units available in LyX
41044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41053 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41060 \begin_layout Standard
41061 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41064 reference "cap:Units"
41068 explains all units available in LyX.
41071 \begin_layout Standard
41072 \begin_inset Float table
41078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41079 \begin_inset Caption
41081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41097 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41105 \begin_inset Tabular
41106 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41108 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41109 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41260 scaled point (65536
41261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41321 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41376 % of original image width
41383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41590 \begin_layout Chapter
41592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41601 \begin_layout Standard
41602 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41603 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41606 \begin_layout Itemize
41609 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41612 \begin_layout Itemize
41618 \begin_layout Itemize
41624 \begin_layout Itemize
41630 \begin_layout Itemize
41636 \begin_layout Itemize
41642 \begin_layout Itemize
41648 \begin_layout Itemize
41654 \begin_layout Itemize
41657 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41660 \begin_layout Itemize
41666 \begin_layout Itemize
41672 \begin_layout Itemize
41678 \begin_layout Itemize
41684 \begin_layout Itemize
41690 \begin_layout Itemize
41696 \begin_layout Itemize
41702 \begin_layout Itemize
41708 \begin_layout Itemize
41710 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41719 \begin_layout Standard
41720 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41723 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41730 \begin_layout Bibliography
41731 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41732 LatexCommand bibitem
41739 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41742 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41747 \begin_inset Newline newline
41751 \begin_inset Flex URL
41754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41756 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41764 \begin_layout Bibliography
41765 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41766 LatexCommand bibitem
41767 key "latexcompanion"
41771 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41773 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41776 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41779 \begin_layout Bibliography
41780 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41781 LatexCommand bibitem
41786 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41789 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41792 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41795 \begin_layout Bibliography
41796 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41797 LatexCommand bibitem
41804 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41807 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41810 \begin_layout Bibliography
41811 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41812 LatexCommand bibitem
41824 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41827 \begin_layout Bibliography
41828 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41829 LatexCommand bibitem
41835 \begin_inset Newline newline
41839 \begin_inset Flex URL
41842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41844 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41852 \begin_layout Bibliography
41853 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41854 LatexCommand bibitem
41860 \begin_inset Newline newline
41864 \begin_inset Flex URL
41867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41869 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41877 \begin_layout Bibliography
41878 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41879 LatexCommand bibitem
41885 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41887 name "Documentation"
41888 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41897 \begin_inset Newline newline
41901 \begin_inset Flex URL
41904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41906 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41914 \begin_layout Bibliography
41915 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41916 LatexCommand bibitem
41922 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41924 name "Documentation"
41925 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41934 \begin_inset Newline newline
41938 \begin_inset Flex URL
41941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41943 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41951 \begin_layout Bibliography
41952 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41953 LatexCommand bibitem
41959 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41961 name "Documentation"
41962 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41966 of the LaTeX-package
41974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41975 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41981 \begin_inset Newline newline
41985 \begin_inset Flex URL
41988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41990 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41998 \begin_layout Bibliography
41999 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42000 LatexCommand bibitem
42006 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42008 name "Documentation"
42009 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42013 of the LaTeX-package
42021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42022 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42028 \begin_inset Newline newline
42032 \begin_inset Flex URL
42035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42037 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42045 \begin_layout Bibliography
42046 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42047 LatexCommand bibitem
42053 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42055 name "Documentation"
42056 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42060 of the LaTeX-package
42068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42069 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42075 \begin_inset Newline newline
42079 \begin_inset Flex URL
42082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42084 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42092 \begin_layout Bibliography
42093 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42094 LatexCommand bibitem
42100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42102 name "Documentation"
42103 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42107 of the LaTeX-package
42115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42116 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42122 \begin_inset Newline newline
42126 \begin_inset Flex URL
42129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42131 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42139 \begin_layout Bibliography
42140 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42141 LatexCommand bibitem
42147 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42149 name "Documentation"
42150 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42154 of the LaTeX-package
42162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42169 \begin_inset Newline newline
42173 \begin_inset Flex URL
42176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42178 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42186 \begin_layout Bibliography
42187 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42188 LatexCommand bibitem
42194 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42197 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42201 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42202 \begin_inset Newline newline
42206 \begin_inset Flex URL
42209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42211 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42219 \begin_layout Bibliography
42220 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42221 LatexCommand bibitem
42227 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42230 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42234 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42235 \begin_inset Newline newline
42239 \begin_inset Flex URL
42242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42244 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42252 \begin_layout Bibliography
42253 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42254 LatexCommand bibitem
42260 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42263 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42267 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42268 \begin_inset Newline newline
42272 \begin_inset Flex URL
42275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42277 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42285 \begin_layout Bibliography
42286 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42287 LatexCommand bibitem
42293 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42296 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42300 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42301 \begin_inset Newline newline
42305 \begin_inset Flex URL
42308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42310 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42318 \begin_layout Bibliography
42319 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42320 LatexCommand bibitem
42326 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42329 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42333 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42334 \begin_inset Newline newline
42338 \begin_inset Flex URL
42341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42351 \begin_layout Bibliography
42352 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42353 LatexCommand bibitem
42359 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42362 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42366 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42367 \begin_inset Newline newline
42371 \begin_inset Flex URL
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42376 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42384 \begin_layout Bibliography
42385 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42386 LatexCommand bibitem
42392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42395 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42399 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42400 \begin_inset Newline newline
42404 \begin_inset Flex URL
42407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42409 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42417 \begin_layout Bibliography
42418 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42419 LatexCommand bibitem
42425 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42428 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42432 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42433 \begin_inset Newline newline
42437 \begin_inset Flex URL
42440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42442 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42450 \begin_layout Bibliography
42451 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42452 LatexCommand bibitem
42458 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42461 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42465 about new features in
42470 \begin_inset Newline newline
42474 \begin_inset Flex URL
42477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42479 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42487 \begin_layout Standard
42488 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42522 \begin_inset Note Note
42525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42532 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42533 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42534 bibliography is the second one:
42542 \begin_layout Standard
42543 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42544 LatexCommand bibtex
42545 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42546 options "biblio/alphadin"
42553 \begin_layout Standard
42554 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42557 \begin_layout Standard
42560 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42561 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42566 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42567 LatexCommand printindex